Adv - 3

FIITJEE
ALL INDIA TEST SERIES

FULL TEST – XI
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 13-05-2019

Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 180
General Instructions:
 The test consists of total 54 questions.
 Each subject (PCM) has 18 questions.
 This question paper contains Three Parts.
 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.
 Each Part is further divided into Two Sections: Section-A & Section-D.
1. Section-A (01 – 06, 19 – 24, 37 – 42) contains 18 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for all correct answer.
Partial Marks : +3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY three options are chosen.
Partial Marks : +2 If three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen, both
of which are correct options.
Partial Marks : +1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one option is chosen and it is a
correct option.
Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).
Negative Marks : –2 In all other cases.
Section-A (07 – 10, 25 – 28, 43 – 46) contains 12 questions. Each question has TWO (02)
matching lists: LIST‐I and LIST‐II. FOUR options are given representing matching of elements
from LIST‐I and LIST‐II. ONLY ONE of these four options corresponds to a correct matching.
For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct matching.
Each question has only one correct answer and carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark
for wrong answer.
2. Section-D (11 – 18, 29 – 36, 47 – 54) contains 24 Numerical answer type questions with answer
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
website: www.fiitjee.com
AITS-FT-XI (Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One or More than one correct type)
This section contains 6 questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR
MORE THAN ONE of these four options is(are) correct.
1. A light rod of length  is free to rotate about one of its end in vertical plane. A ring of mass m can
slide freely without friction on the rod. Initially rod is kept horizontal and ring is situated at a
distance 3/5 from fixed end. Now, rod is released choose correct statement(s).
8g
(A) Velocity of ring when it leaves contact with rod is.
5
(B) Angular momentum of the ring about point of suspension of rod when it looses contact
72g3
with rod is m .
125
(C) Angular velocity of the rod remains constant through out the motion.
(D) Acceleration of the ring is uniform.
2. A piston of negligible mass is fitted with a cylinder and connected to spring of

spring constant k as shown in figure. An ideal mono-atomic gas is filled in
cylinder and piston is in equilibrium. Now gas in heated slowly. Which of the
following graph(s) can be correct representation of process? (Initial pressure
of gas is greater than atmospheric pressure).
(A)
(B)
(C)
3 AITS-FT-XI (Paper-2)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
(D)
3. A car is moving towards a stationary observer with speed 10 m/s. The car blows a horn of
frequency 640 Hz for 10 seconds. If speed of sound in air is 330 m/s, then
(A) Frequency of horn heard by stationary observer is 660 Hz
(B) The time duration during which observer hears the horn is 12 s.
(C) Frequency of horn heard by driver of car is 640 Hz
(D) The time duration during which observer hears the horn is 10 s.
4. In an LC circuit shown in figure C = 2F and L = 2H. At t = 0 charge on

capacitor is 4 3 C and at same instant is increasing at a rate of 6 C/s.
Choose the correct statement(s):
(A) Maximum charge on capacitor 8 3 C.
(B) Maximum current through inductor is 4 3 A.
(C) Total energy stored in circuit 48 J.
(D) Total energy stored in circuit is 24 J.
5. A ring of radius R is made up of thin wire of linear mass density  having cross section area A
and Young’s modulus Y is made to rotate about its axis with angular velocity  then,
(A) Tension in ring 2R2
22 4R5
(B) Elastic potential energy stored in ring is
YA
 2 2
(C) Tension in ring is  R
2
(D) Kinetic energy of the ring is R32
6. An infinitely long straight wire is carrying a constant current i.

There is a square closed loop made of conducting wire which
is placed near the wire as shown in figure. Choose correct
statement(s) for above situation.
i
2a
(A) If loop is taken away from wire the current in the loop will be clockwise.
0 a
(B) Mutual inductance of the system for the situation shown in figure will be ln2
4
(C) If loop is taken away from the wire the current in the loop will be anticlockwise.
 aln 2
(D) Mutual inductance of the system for the situation shown in figure will be 0
2
(Matching List Type)

This section contains FOUR questions. Each question has TWO matching lists: LIST‐I and LIST‐II.
FOUR options are given representing matching of elements from LIST‐I and LIST‐II. ONLY ONE of
these four options corresponds to a correct matching.
7. Different geometrical constructions of density  are tied to string such that they are floating in a
liquid of density 3 with half of their volume outside liquid as shown in List –I and the value of
tension in the string is given in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
P. 1. a3 g
A cube of side 2a
Q. 2. 4 a 3 g
A cylinder of height 2a
and radius a
R. 3. 9 a3 g
A cone of height 3a and

base radius a
a3 g
S. 4.
2
A solid hemisphere of
radius 3a
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S→2
(B) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S→2
(D) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S→3
8. Three long wire carrying current are placed along axis. y

The magnitude and directions of current are also shown in
figure. List- I contains the coordinates of certain points
and List-II contains magnetic field at points listed in List-I,
not necessarily in same order. i/2
i/2
x
i
z
LIST–I LIST–II
 0i ˆ i ˆ
P. (2a, 0, 0) 1. ( i)  0 (k)
8a 16a
0 i ˆ i ˆ
Q. (0, a, 0) 2. ( i)  0 ( k)
4a 8a
0 i ˆ  i
R. (0, 0, 4a) 3. (k)  0 ( ˆj)
16a 8a
0 i i
S. (0, 2a, 0) 4. ( î)  0 (ˆj)
32a 32a
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 4; S→1
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3

9. Electric field in a region is given by E  (2xy)iˆ  (x 2 )jˆ  V/m. Electric potential at origin
 
is 5V. Match the following two columns.
LIST–I LIST–II
P. Potential at point (5 m, 2m, 1m) 1. 4V
Q. Potential at point (1m, 1m, 1m) 2. 1V
R. Potential at point (2m, 1m, 1m) 3. 3V
S. Potential at point (1m, 2m, 1m) 4. 45 V
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 2
(B) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S → 2
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3
10. In a YDSE setup a transparent film of refractive index 1.5 is placed on one of the slit. Different
values of t are given in column I. Column II contains the ratio of intensity at central line on screen
after inserting the slab and before inserting the slab. Wavelength of light used in experiment is
600 nm. Then
LIST–I LIST–II
P. 400 nm 1. 3/4
Q. 200 nm 2. 1/4
R. 300 nm 3. 1/2
S. 600 nm 4. 0
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 2
(B) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 4
(C) P → 3; Q → 4; R → 1; S → 2
(D) P → 2; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3
SECTION – D
(Numerical Answer Type)
This section contains EIGHT questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For
each question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded‐off to the
second decimal place; e.g. xxxxx.xx).
11. A container filled with water is suspended with the help of a spring of spring constant
500 N/cm. A small orifice is made in container and water starts flowing out. The variation of
elongation in spring with time is shown in graph calculate the flow rate of water in cm3/sec.
[Neglect any oscillations]
x (cm)
30 t (min).
12. A circular plane mirror is kept on a horizontal surface, an opaque sphere of radius R = 20 cm is
placed symmetrically on the circular plane mirror. An insect lies on the sphere at a vertical height
of 36 cm from the circular mirror. Find the minimum radius of mirror so that image is formed by
the mirror.
13. An R-C series circuit having resistance R = 100  i Ampere

is switched on at t = 0. The graph of current v/s
time is shown in figure. The value of initial
10
potential difference across capacitor is (in Volts)
t (sec)
14. An open organ pipe is vibrating in air and it is vibrating in 3rd overtone with maximum pressure
amplitude 3 N/m-2 the value of maximum volumetric strain at a distance (1/12)m from any end is
-5 2
k  10 . The value of k is (Adiabatic Bulk modulus of air = 100 kN/m , length of organ pipe = 1m)
15. Total mass of a system of particles is 20 kg. To apply Newton’s law from the centre of mass

frame on a particle of mass 5 kg one has to apply pseudo force F  (10iˆ  20ˆj)N on it. The
magnitude of net force acting on system of particle in Newton is F1. The value of F12 is
16. What will be mean life (in hours) of a radioactive sample, if it is known that its activity decrease at
the rate of 19 % per hour? [Given ln(0.9) = –0.10].
17. A man can jump over 4 m wide trench on earth. Mean density of an imaginary planet is twice that
of earth, calculate maximum possible radius of that planet (in m) so that same man can escape
from planet by jumping. (Radius of earth = 6400 km, use 10 = 3.16)
18. Find the velocity (in cm/s) of the car C as appeared by the observer shown in the figure. There
are several parallel slabs of different medium placed between the car and the observer.
water Glass Glycerine oil Glycerine Glass Air

(1 = 4/3 (2 = 2 (3 = 1.6 (4 = 1.7 (5 = 1.6 (6 = 2 (7 = 1
C
8 cm /s Observer
20 cm 30 cm 32 cm 34 cm 17 cm 16 cm
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – XI
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 13-05-2019
ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, D
Sol. There will be no normal reaction between rod and ring, because rod is 3/5
massless. The motion of ring will be free fall under gravity.
Velocity of ring when it leaves contact with rod
4 8g 4/5
 2  g  
5 5
Angular momentum
3 8g 72g3
=m m
5 5 125
2. C, D
Sol. P0A + kx0 = PiA P0A
P0A + k(x0 + x) = PA
k
P  P0  (x0  x)
A
Volume = v 0  (x  x0 )A
k PiA kx0
P  P0  (V  V0 )
A2 P0A + kx0 = PiA
kV  kV 
P  2   P0  20 
A  A 
P = mV + C
2
nRT = mV + CV
AITS-FT-XI (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
3. A, D
330
Sol. f  640
(330  10)
330
  640  660 Hz
320
4. A, B, C
 
Sol. q  q0 sin  t  
 6

i  q0  cos
6
q0 3 24
  q0  8 3
2 2 3
Alternatively
q02 1 (4 3 )2 1
   2  (6)2
2C 2 2 2
q0  8 3
2
1 2 q0
Li0   i0  4 3
2 2C
5. A, D
Sol. Td = dm2R
Td = 2R2
1
K.E. = (.2R)R2 2 T T
2
=  R32
Elastic potential energy d
1 (stress)2
=   volume
2 Y
1 2R2  2R2
= .A  2R
2 YA 2
2 4R5
=
yA
6. A, D
0 i
Sol. d = adr
2r
 ia
 = 0 ln2
2
7. D
V
Sol. 3g  Vg  T
2
V g
T
2
3 AITS-FT-XI (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
8. B
 i
Sol. Magnetic field due to long wire is given by B  0 nˆ , where n̂ is determined by right hand thumb
2r
rule.
9. D
Sol. V   x2 y  5
V(5, 2 1) = 45 V
V(1, 1, 1) = +4 V
V(2, 1, 1) = 1 V
V(1, 2, 1) = 3 V
10. B
Sol. ( - 1)t = x
t
= x
2
2
 = x


 = t
600
SECTION – D
11. 00000.11
Sol. kx = mg + m 0g – Av2
dx dm dv
k.  .g  A.2v.
dt dt dt
500  (5  1) 1 dm
 
30  60 10 dt
2000 1
= =  0.11 .
30  60  10 9
12. 00060.00
R A
Sol. sin 53 = 530
OA
5R
OA =
4
9R
AB = 53
0
4 O
BC
tan53 =
AB R
9R 4
 BC = 
4 3 B C
 BC = 3R = 60 cm
13. 01000.00
Sol. Potential difference across resistor = iR = 10  100 = 1000 V
Which is equal to potential difference across capacitor.
14. 00001.50
AITS-FT-XI (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 4
4
Sol. 
2
3 P0
P = P sin /3 =
2
v 3 p 3 3
 =  103
v 2B 2  100
3 -5
 105 = 1.5  10 .
2
15. 08000.00

Sol. acm  (2iˆ  4ˆj)

F1 = m acm
F12 = 20  400
= 8000
16. 00005.00
Sol. A = A0 (1 – 0.19)
A = A0e t
0.81 = et
 = ln(0.81)
= 20.10 = 0.20
1 1
  5hours
 0.20
17. 02528.00
u2 2
Sol.  4  u = 4g
g
2GM
v 2c 
R2
4
Ve2  241. R
3
GM 4
u2 = 4. = 4.G R3
R2 3
 R2 = Re
18. 00006.00
2 1
Sol. Velocity of image : 8    6cm / s
4/3 2
FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

1. Section-A (01– 06, 19 – 24, 37 - 42) contains 18 multiple choice questions which have one or
correct option.
Section-A (07 – 10, 25 – 28, 43 - 46) contains 12 questions. Based on this section contains TWO
(02) paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are TWO (02) questions.
for wrong answer.
AITS-OT-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A gas of hydrogen like atoms can absorb radiations of 68 eV. Consequently, the atoms emit
radiations of only three different wavelength. All the wave lengths are equal or smaller than that of
the absorbed photon. Then choose the correct statement(s) (hc = 12400 eV-Å)
(A) The Ionization energy of the atoms is 489.6 eV.
(B) The atomic number of atoms is 6.
(C) The minimum wavelength of emitted radiation is 28.49 Å
(D) Initially the atom was in first excited state.
2. Six capacitors and four ideal batteries are connected in a circuit as shown in the figure. Initially all
capacitors are uncharged and all switches were open. Now, all switches are closed
simultaneously. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct for the circuit shown in figure?
1F 2F 3V 2F 4V
A C
‘X’
3V 2F 1F 2V 4F
S1 S2 B S3 S4 S5
(A) Work done by 4V battery is 8J.
19
(B) The potential difference between point A and B is V.
7
32
(C) Charge flow by 3V battery from ‘C’ to ‘A’ is C.
7
(D) Charge stored in capacitor ‘X’ is 3 C.
3. A concave mirror forms real image of a point object ‘O’ lying on the optical axis at a distance of 60
cm from the pole of mirror. The focal length of mirror is 30 cm. Now, the mirror is cut into two
halves symmetrically. In figure-1 both halves are shifted at a distance of 2 mm apart in a direction
perpendicular to the optical axis. In figure-2 both halves are rotated (before being separated)
about ‘O’ with reference to original position. Let I1 and I2 are the image formed by both halves in
both figure. Charge the correct statement(s).
2 mm 2 mm
O 2 mm O 2 mm
Figure 2
Figure 1
3 AITS-OT-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
(A) In figure-2 I1 and I2 are coincide.

(B) In figure-1 I1 and I2 are separated.
(C) In figure-1, the distance between I1 and I2 is 8 mm.
(D) In figure-2 the distance between I1 and I2 is 4 mm.
  
4. A particle is moving in space. Let r , v and a are the position vector, velocity vector and
acceleration vector of a particle at a given instant. Then
 
(A) If v  a  0 then magnitude of velocity must be increasing
 
(B) If r  v  0 then magnitude of position vector must be increasing
 
(C) If r  a  0 then magnitude of velocity must be increasing
 
(D) If r  a  0 then magnitude of velocity must be decreasing
5. A string PQ of length 3L is fixed at its both ends. A

standing wave is formed in the string with the help P Q
of a tuning fork of frequency f 0. The points A and B A B
are node. Regarding the standing wave formed in
the string, pick the correct statement(s). L L L
L 3L 5L
(A) The positions of antinode from the end P are , and .
2 2 2
T
(B) The phase difference between two points on the string is either zero or  at a instant ,
3
where ‘T’ is the time period of particle.
(C) When particles reach at their extreme positions, then potential energy of the particles is
maximum which are near the end A and B.
(D) When particles cross their mean position then kinetic energy of the particles at antinode
is maximum.
6. A liquid of density ‘’ is filled in a cubical container Y

OABCDEFG. The point ‘O’ is assumed to be origin. A
b b b E F
small ball of density 0 is kept at  , ,  as shown
 2 2 2
in figure and an acceleration 2giˆ  gjˆ is given to D G
container. Uniform gravity exists along negative y-
axis. Now, choose the correct option(s).
b
O X
A
C B
(A) If  = 0 then acceleration of small ball is 5g .

(B) If  = 20 then small ball will hit the mid of edge GF.
(C) If  = 30 then small ball will hit the mid of edge GF.
(D) If  = 0 then net force on the small ball is zero.
(Paragraph Type)
This section contains TWO paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are TWO questions. Each
question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 7 and 8
7
A toothed wheel of mass 2 kg and radius m is
44
connected with fixed support via a massless rod
A B fixed
AB. The total number of teeth on the circumference support
of wheel is 1000, and they are closely packed. A
conveyor belt is kept just below the toothed wheel.
1
Conveyor belt is moving with a constant velocity
2
m/s. P and Q are fixed support for the conveyor
belt. The coefficient of friction between teeth of
wheel and conveyor belt is 0.4. The moment of P Q
inertia of toothed wheel about an axis passing
98
through A and perpendicular to the plane is kg-m2. Toothed wheel is free to rotate about A and rod
121
AB is also free to rotate about B. Assume normal force acts between teeth and conveyor belt is
perpendicular to the surface of conveyor belt. At t = 0, toothed wheel is at rest and brought in contact with
the conveyor belt. Now answer the following questions.
7. Total number of teeth that are touched with conveyor belt till the time toothed wheel attain
maximum angular velocity is
(A) 1000
(B) 1500
(C) 500
(D) 250
8. Let ‘x’ be the distance moved by a particular tooth to attain maximum angular velocity of toothed
y
wheel and ‘y’ be the distance moved by a fixed point on the conveyor belt for same time then
x
is given by
(A) 1/4
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 1/2
In a motor cycle engine, when combustion occurs then there is an alternate compression and expansion
of the gas product inside the engine of cylinder. In the expansion stroke, the mixture of gaseous product
in the cylinder undergoes an adiabatic expansion. Assuming that the gauge pressure immediately after
combustion is 20.0 atm in the cylinder, initially volume is 50 cm 3 and the volume of mixture after
expansion is 400 cm3. Assume that adiabatic exponent of gas involved in the cylinder is 4/3.
9. Pressure of the engine chamber after expansion is

(A) 1.2500 atm
(B) 0.65625 atm
(C) 1.3125 atm
(D) 0.62500 atm
10. Work done by the gas during expansion is

(A) 142.5 Joule
(B) 157.5 Joule
(C) 47.50 Joule
(D) 95.0 Joule
SECTION – D
11. AB is stationary curved surface blade. A stream line water impinges A

on the curved surface. The speed of stream line water is ‘u’, both

before and after it strikes the curved surface of the blade. The mass u
flow rate of water per unit time is ‘’. Find the force exerted by water

on the blade in Newton (Given u = 2.2 m/s,  = 200 gm/sec) u
12. A planet is revolving around the sun in elliptical orbit with a semi-major axis of 4  108 km. Find
the speed of the planet , in km/sec, when it is at a distance of 2 × 108 km from the sun. Given that
N.m2
mass of sun is 2  1030 kg and universal gravitational constant is 6.67  10–11 .
kg2
13. A vernier calipers is used to measure the diameter of a cylinder. When jaws of vernier are
brought close to each other then zero of vernier scale is slightly left to the zero of main scale, and
6th division of vernier scale is exactly coincide with the one of the mark of main scale. Total
number of division on vernier scale is 10 which is equivalent to 9 mm. When cylinder is fixed
between the jaws then it is found that zero of the vernier scale lies between 6 mm and 7 mm of
the main scale and 7th division of vernier scale exactly coincide with one of the main scale
division. Find the diameter (in mm) of cylinder.
14. A non-conducting solid sphere has a charge density given by   0r n , where 0 , n are constant
and ‘r’ is the distance from the centre of sphere. If the magnitude of electric field at half of the
1
radius is times that of the surface of non-conductor then find the value of n.
16
15. APQ is a rough surface. The portion AP is Q

parabolic given by equation x 2  16y . The
point ‘A’ assumed to be origin. The portion
PQ is a straight line of length 20 3 m. the
coefficient of friction between block and P
y
1
surface (APQ) is . A block of mass 3 kg 12 m
3
is moved on surface APQ by applying a x
force on it. The direction of force is always A
tangential to the surface APQ. The line PQ
is tangent on the curve AP at P. If the block
moves very slowly on the surface then find
the work done by applying force in joule.
16. A hydrogen like atoms are kept in a closed container. All atoms are at same excited state initially.
A photons of energy 3.4 eV are incident on the container then atoms get excited at some higher
excited state. During de-excitation of atoms, they emits maximum six types of wavelength of
photons, some of them have energy 3.4 eV, some of them have more than 3.4 eV and some less
than 3.4 eV. It is assumed that electrons remain in orbit for a finite time during de-excitation. Let
a1 is the maximum acceleration in a given orbit during de-excitation and a2 is the minimum
acceleration in a given orbit. Assuming Bohr’s theory is applicable, find ratio of a1/a2.
17. A container of mass 200 Kg is moving towards

Flexed cone
right by applying a constant horizontal force 100
N. Initial velocity of container is zero. Sand is
falling in container with a constant rate of 1
kg/sec with the help of a fixed cone as shown in
the figure. Find the velocity of the container (in
m/s) at t = 100 sec.
100 N
18. A rod OA of uniform linear mass density and length ‘L’ is O

hinged at O in a vertical plane. Another square plate of same
mass is attached with a point A of the rod as shown in the
figure. In case (i) square plate is free to rotate about point A
and in case (ii) square plate is fixed at point A. Now, system
is allowed to oscillate in vertical plane such that axis of L/4
rotation is horizontal and passing through point O. Let T1 and A L/2
T2 are the time periods in case (i) and case (ii) respectively. If
6
T1/T2 is m . Find the value of m.
11
FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, C, D
n
Sol. C2  3, n  3
So initially atoms was in n = 2.
E3  E2  68 eV
Hence Z = 6
12400
min   28.49 Å
E 3  E1
2. A, B, C, D
Sol. Let potential of point A is x and potential of point B is zero. Consider charge flown through 3V
battery is q0.
2  3  x   q0   0  x  2  0 …(1)
q0   x  3   1   2  x  3  2  0 …(2)
3. A, B, C
Sol. In figure-1
1 1 1
 
v u f
1 1 1
 
v 60 30
V = – 60
v
Hence m    1
v
In figure-2, images will not separated.
AITS-OT-(Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
4. A, B
   
Sol. If v  a  0 , then there must be a component of a along v
   
If r  v  0 , then there must be a component of v along r
5. B, C, D
Sol. Phase difference between two particles in standing wave is either zero or  at any instant of time.
Potential energy depends upon strain. Particle near to nodes will experience more strain.
6. A, B, C

Sol. a0  (2giˆ  gj) ˆ
  
FB  V(a0  g)  2Vg(iˆ  ˆj)
  
Fnet  FB  mg  2Vg(iˆ  ˆj)  0 Vgjˆ
 2 ˆ ˆ
anet  g(i  j)  gjˆ
0
  
arelative  anet  a0
7. C
8. C
Sol. (for Q. 7 to Q. 8)
ft = mg = 8N …(i)
f f = I
11
 rad/s2 …(ii)
7
v 22
  ad/sec …(iii)
R 7
2  02  2
 =  rad …(iv)
 = 0 + t
t = 2 sec …(v)
1
y   2  1m …(vi)
2
1
x   R  m …(vii)
2
9. C
10. B
Sol. (for Q. 9 to Q. 10)
P1(V1) = P2(V2)
 4/3
V   50 
P2 = P1  1   21 
 V2   400 
1
 21
16
= 1.3125 atm
Work done =
P1V1  P2 V2
=
 21 50  1.3125  400 105  10 6 = 157.5 Joule
 1 4
1
3
3 AITS-OT-(Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
SECTION – D
11. 00000.88
dp P m
Sol. F   u.  
dt t  t 
200
  2  2.2  
1000
= 0.88 Newton
12. 00031.63
1 2 GmM GmM
Sol. mv – = 
2 r 2a
 2 1 
v 2  GM   
 r a
 2 1
= 6.67  10–11  2  1030     1011 =10.005  108
 2 4
v = 31.63 km/sec
13. 00007.10
Sol. 1 MSD = 1 mm
1 VSD = 0.9 mm
L.C. = 0.1 mm
ve error = 4  0.1 mm = 0.4 mm
Reading = 6 mm + 7  0.1 mm = 6.7 mm
Diameter = 6.7 + 0.4 = 7.1 mm
14. 00003.00
R
Sol. q0   dv   0 r n 4 r 2 dr
0
R/2
n
q   dv   0 r .4r 2 dr
0
kq0 kq
 16.
R2 R 
2
 
2
So n=3
15. 01800.00
Sol. x 2  16y Q
16dy
2x 
dx 20 3 30 m
dy x 60°
  3 P
dx 8
10 3
  60 
12 m
W  K
WF  Wff  Wg  WN  0
WF   Wff  Wg 8 3

 mg 8 3  10 3  mg  42  
= 1800 J
16. 00256.00
1
Sol. a 4
n
where, a is acceleration of electron and ‘n’ is no. orbits.
17. 00033.33
100  v
Sol. Acceleration of container a 
200  t
v 100
dv dt
 100  v   200  t
0 0
100
v m/ s.
3
18. 00001.33
I1 mL2
Sol. T1  2 , I1   mL2
mgd 3
2
I2 mL2  m L / 2  
T2  2 , I2    mL2 
mgd 3  6 
T1 I 4 6
 1  ,
T2 I2 3 11
FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

correct option.
Section-A (07 – 10, 25 – 28, 43 – 46) contains 12 questions. Each question has TWO (02)
matching lists: LIST‐I and LIST‐II. FOUR options are given representing matching of elements
from LIST‐I and LIST‐II. ONLY ONE of these four options corresponds to a correct matching.
For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct matching.
for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Bird
1. A bird is flying downward with constant velocity 6 cm/s towards a fixed
container filled with a liquid of refractive index 4/3. A fish is moving upward
with constant speed 4 cm/s towards the surface of liquid. Surface of liquid is
also moving downward with constant velocity 2 cm/s as shown in the figure.
The bottom of container is silvered. Then Fish
(A) Speed of fish as seen by bird only after refraction is 9 cm/sec

(B) Speed of fish as seen by bird only after refraction is 8.5 cm/sec
(C) Speed of fish as seen by bird after reflection and then refraction is 3 cm/sec
(D) Speed of fish as seen by bird after reflection and then refraction is 2.5 cm/sec
2. Two ideal gases A and B are kept in a closed container at room temperature. Consider collisions
takes place between the molecules of A and B. Let KA and KB are the kinetic energies of
molecule A and B respectively after collision and KA and KB are the kinetic energies of molecule A
and B respectively before collision. Then choose the possible option(s)
(A) K A  K A , K B  K B
(B) K A  K A  , K B  K B
(C) K A  K A , K B  K B
(D) K A  K A  , K B  K B
3. OO and AA are two vertical walls. A particle is projected from O with O A
speed 10 m/s at an angle 15 from the horizontal. All collisions with each
walls are perfectly elastic. Then choose the correct statement(s).
10 m/s
15
O 1/2 m A
(A) The horizontal component of velocity will change after each collision.
(B) Particle will land on the ground between points O and A.
(C) The total number of collisions with walls is 9 till particle reaches ground again for the first
time after projection.
(D) Time taken by particle to reach the ground is 2 sin 15 seconds.
4. Two cars ‘A’ and ‘B’ are moving along y-axis and in a y
circle of radius 30 m respectively. Initial co-ordinate of
cars ‘A’ and ‘B’ are (0, 0) and (60, 0) respectively. Car ‘A’
starts from rest and moves with constant acceleration Car ‘A’
Car ‘B’
20/3 m/s2 and Car ‘B’ moves with constant speed. Time
taken by car ‘B’ to complete the circle is 12 sec. Choose x
the correct option(s).
(A) The magnitude of average velocity of car ‘A’ with respect to car ‘B’ is 10 m/s in time
interval 0 to 3 sec.
(B) The magnitude of average velocity of car ‘A’ with respect to car ‘B’ is 10 m/s in time
interval 0 to 6 sec.
5  20 2
(C) The magnitude of average acceleration of car ‘A’ with respect to car ‘B’ is m/s
3
in time interval 0 to 6 sec.
5
(D) The magnitude of average acceleration of car ‘A’ with respect to car ‘B’ is m/s2 in
3
time interval 0 to 6 sec.
5. Two plane mirrors are placed in such a way that they make Normal
an angle 50° as shown in figure. A ray of light falls on one
mirror and it reflects from each mirror once. For the given
situation mark the correct statement(s).

50°
(A) The value of  must be less than 40°.

(B)  can have any value ranging from 0° to 90°.
(C) Total deviation produced in light ray is independent of value ‘’.
(D) Laws of reflection are valid for only plane and spherical mirrors.
6. A hemisphere of radius ‘R’ is kept fixed on a horizontal surface. A nail is ‘O’ Fixed nail
also fixed at ‘O’ exactly above the centre of hemisphere at some height. A
small ball of mass ‘m’ is slowly pulled by an external force F on the
surface of hemisphere. String is massless and friction force between ball F
and hemisphere is negligible. Then
(A) As ball moves up tension in the string decreases.
(B) As ball moves up tension in the string increases.
(C) As ball moves up normal between ball and sphere decrease. R
(D) As ball moves up normal between ball and sphere increase.

7. A parallel beam of light is incident on a fixed surface PQ at an

angle ‘’ with the vertical as shown in the figure. The intensity of
light is I and area of surface PQ is A. In List –I nature of 
reflection are given and in List-II force and generated radiation
pressure are given. Then match List-I with suitable option List-II.
(Given that I = 500 W/m2, A = 1.5 m 2,  = 37)
P Q
LIST–I LIST–II
If all the incident energy is absorbed by surface
2
P. PQ then force on the surface and radiation 1. 3.2  106 N, 2.13  106 N/m
pressure generated are respectively.
If all the incident energy is reflected by surface

2
Q. PQ then force on the surface and radiation 2. 2.24  106 N, 1.38  106 N/m
pressure generated are respectively.
If 30% incident energy is reflected by the
2
R. surface then force on the surface and pressure 3. 2.74  106 N, 1.81  106 N/m
generated are respectively.
If 70% incident energy is reflected back then
S. force on the surface and radiation pressure are 4. 2  106 N, 1.06  106 N/m2
respectively.
5. 4.2  106 N, 3.13  106 N/m2
(A) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 3; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 2; R → 1; S→4
(C) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3
8. Some electric circuits with an A.C. source is given in List-I. In List-II instantaneous current and
average power delivered by A.C. source are given. Then Match List-I with List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
1 1
xL = Ω xC = Ω
2 2 R = 10 10    1 
I= sin t   tan1    ,
4  4  2 
P. 1.
15
P= watt
~ 4
10sint
R1 = 10 XC = 10
R2 = 20 XL = 20
Q. 2. I = 2 2 cos t , P = 200 watt
~
10sint
XC = 20 XL = 10
R = 10
R. 3. I = sin t, P = 5 watt

~
10sint
XL = 100
XC = 50
1   5
S. 4. I= sin  t   , P  watt
R = 100 2  4  2
~ ~
1002 sint 1002 cost
10    7
5. I= sin  t   tan1 (2)  , P  watt
4  4  2
(A) P → 4; Q → 4; R → 1; S→4
(B) P → 3; Q → 3; R → 1; S→3
(C) P → 3; Q → 1; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
9. In List -I electrical circuits are given. In each circuit perpendicular inward magnetic field (B) exist
and an initial velocity v0 is imparted to the rod (PQ towards right. Rod is conducting and has
negligible resistance. ‘m’ is the mass of rod and  is the length of rod. Both rails xy and wz are
frictionless and has negligible resistance also. In List -2, velocity of rod and current in the circuit
are given. Match the circuit in List – I to the velocity and current in List – II.
LIST–I LIST–II
X P
Y
R R B
Minimum magnitude of velocity of rod
P. 1. mv 0
PQ is .
Z m  2B2 2 C
W Q
Two resistors ‘R’ in parallel

X P
Y
C C
B
Maximum magnitude of velocity of rod
Q. 2.
is v 0.
Z
W Q
Two capacitor ‘C’ in parallel

X P
Y
L L
B
Velocity of rod oscillates with
R. 3.
maximum magnitude of velocity v0.
Z
W Q
Two inductors ‘L’ in parallel

X P
Y
R R
B
Minimum magnitude of velocity of rod
S. 4.
is zero.
C C
Z
W Q
5. Current oscillates in the circuit.
(A) P → 2, 4; Q → 1, 2; R → 2, 3, 4, 5; S → 1, 2
(B) P → 2, 3; Q → 1, 2; R → 2, 3, 4, 5; S → 1, 3
(C) P → 2, 4; Q → 1, 2; R → 1, 2, 3, 5; S → 2, 4
(D) P → 2, 1; Q → 1, 2; R → 2, 3, 4, 5; S → 2, 5
0
10. A solid sphere of mass m = 80 kg and radius r = 0.2 m is
released from height h = 5/4 meter. Sphere is initially rotating
about horizontal axis passing through its centre of mass. It hits
with a stationary cart of mass M = 200 kg exactly at the centre
h
of cart. The cart can move smoothly on the horizontal surface.
The collision between sphere and cart occurs in such a way
that sphere reaches at same vertical displacement after
Cart
collision and falls back onto it again. It is found that sphere
starts pure rolling at the end of first collision. The coefficient of
friction between sphere and cart is  = 0.1. Match the statement
given in List-I to the values given in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
The minimum length (in meter) of cart to occur second
P. 1. 172
collision with the sphere
Initial angular velocity ‘0’ (in rad/sec) of sphere for
Q. 2. 2.8
minimum length of cart.
Magnitude of work done (in Joule) by sphere on the
R. 3. 156
cart during the process.
Magnitude of work done (in Joule) by cart on the
S. 4. 19.5
sphere during the process
5. 16
(A) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 5; S→1
(B) P → 1; Q → 3; R → 1; S→3
(C) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
SECTION – D
11. Two large plane mirrors M1 and M2 are kept at an angle of 120 Y
as shown in figure. The co-ordinate of intersection of plane
mirror is (0, 2 meter). A man moves along x-axis. Find the length 60 60
(in meter) on x-axis for which man can see both the images of M2 M1
A
point A formed by mirrors simultaneously. (take 3  1.73 and
height of man is negligible) man (0, 0) x
12. A small block of mass m = 200gm is projected from point A

‘O’ on a rough curved surface. The coefficient of friction B
between particle and surface is 0.4. Assume particle is
always in contact with the surface. A and B are local
4H
peaks of curved surface. Find the minimum kinetic energy 2H
(in Joule) given to the small block to reach at B. (Given H O
= 4 meter)
H 2H H H
13. A disc of mass m and radius 2R has another disc of mass 2m and
0
radius R/2 kept on it at O. The system is given an angular velocity 0 2R
about a vertical axis passing through O. The friction between discs is
R/2
negligible and smaller disc is free to rotate about O. Find the angular
 O O
momentum (in M.K.S unit) of system at t = about a vertical axis
0 R
passing through O.
(Given that m = 300 gm, 0 = 8 rad/s and R = 1/2 m)
14. A monochromatic light of wavelength 0 and intensity I0 is

incident on YDSE experiment. The distance between slits
S1S2 is ‘d’ (d<<D). The angle made by parallel beam light S1
 3 
with the normal to the plane of slits is Sin1   . Now, if a d O
 2d 
3 S2
transparent glass slab of thickness is kept infront
2(  1)
of one of the slits, where ‘’ is refractive index of glass slab.
Find the intensity (in W/m2) at the geometrical centre ‘O’ of D
screen
the screen. (Given, d = 1 mm, D = 2 m,  = 4/3,  = 4000Å
and I0 = 4.16 W/m2)
15. A perfectly reflecting rectangular plate ABCD is kept in y

horizontal (x–y) plane. The dimension of rectangular 2m
plane is (2  1)m2 as shown. Rectangular plate can B
C
rotate about y–axis and gravity due to earth is along
negative Z direction. An impulsive laser is kept below 1m
the point E which emits the pulses periodically. A laser E
beam of diameter 0.2 microns is directly incident at E.
The time interval between two pulse is 0.01 ms, and A
D x
has a total energy of 20 Jules. If the metallic plate
ABCD remain in equilibrium then find the mass of plate
in gram.
Laser
beam
16. A screw gauge is used to measure the thickness of a thin sheet of copper. The pitch of screw
gauge is 0.2 mm and total number of division on circular scale is 200. When two jaws are brought
th
in contact then 160 division of circular scale is exactly coincide with the main scale line, and that
the zero of main scale is barely visible. When thickness of sheet is measured with screw gauge
th
then main scale reading is 0.6 mm and 100 division coincide with the main scale line. Find the
thickness of copper sheet in mm.
17. A dense liquid is completely filled in a closed large container and kept at rest
on a horizontal surface. A steel ball is moving downward with a constant
speed of 0.5 cm/sec. Find the momentum of dense liquid in C.G.S unit, if its
density is 3 gm/cm 3. Given that volume is steel ball of 1.5 cm3.
18. A small body of mass ‘m’ is projected from the surface of a given
planet as shown in the figure. If small body has velocity which is just
sufficient to get out from the gravity of planet then time taken by small
2R 3
body to reach at height of 3R from the surface of planet is K .
GM
Find the value of K.
R
Planet of mass M
and radius R
FIITJEE
OPEN TEST
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, D
Sol. Distance of image of fish as seen by bird only after refraction is Bird
 2
  (x  h)  (h  y) 2
1
z
1 x image
  (x  h)  (h  y) 1 h
4/3
Fish
Differentiate w.r.t. time y
d 3 17
 ( 6  2)  ( 2  4)   cm/sec
dt 4 2
Similarly we can calculate for 2nd case.
2. C, D
Sol. Collision takes place in ideal gases are elastic hence total kinetic energy will be conserved.
3. A, C, D
2u sin 
Sol. T  2 sin15
g
Horizontal component of velocity will reverse in each collision.
u2 sin2
R 5 m
g
4. A, C
1 2
Sol. In time interval (0 to 3) sec, S  ut  at = 30 m
2
 30
v average   10 m/s
3
In time interval (0 to 6) sec
v  u  at  40 m/s
 
 v f  vi (5  40)  5 5   20 2
aaverage    m/s
t 6 3
5. A, C
Sol. Deviation Normal
1
1    2 (Clockwise)
50°
2    2  50    (Anti-clockwise)
40°
  1   2
40°
50°
2
6. A
Sol. Ball moves very slowly hence it is in equilibrium at each instant.
7. D
 hC 
N  x
Sol. Intensity is given by I     , where
(A cos  )t  y
N  total number of photons and  
wavelength of photons  90
Px IA cos   sin 

(A) Fx  
t C P Q
Py IA cos  cos 
Fy  
t C
Fy Icos2 
pr  
A C
(B) Fx = 0
2IA cos2 
Fy 
C
2Icos2 
pr 
C
(C) and (D)
IA cos  sin 
Fx  (1  r)
C
IA cos2 
Fy  (1  r)
C
Icos2 
pr  (1  r)
C
8. C
Sol. Circuit can be solved by using Phasor diagram.
3 AITS-OT-(Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
9. A
Sol. By using concept of motional emf induced in the circuit.
10. A
y
Sol.  v 0  2gh  5 m/s …(i) Jy
 Jy = Py = 2  80  5 = 800 N-s …(ii)
 Jx = Px
Jy = mv x Jx x
v0
v x = 1 m/s …(iii) f
 MvC = Jx
Jx f
vC = 0.4 m/s …(iv)
25 Cart
 t0   1 sec …(v)
10
 Lmin = 2(1 + 0.4) 1 = 2.8 m …(vi)
 At the time of second collision
R  1 = 0.4
 = 7 rad/s …(vii)

 J  L
JxR  I(  0 )
0  19.5 rad/sec …(viii)
1
 WmM  Mv C2  16J …(ix)
2
1 1 1
 WMm  I()2  mv 2x  I02  172 J
2 2 2
SECTION – D
11. 00006.92
x normal
Sol. tan 60  Y
2
x2 3m
60
Hence total length = 4 3 m. M2 3030 M1
O
man x x-axis
12. 00035.20
Sol. To reach at ‘B’ it should crosses the point ‘A’. Now from work energy theorem
W = K
W g + W f = K f  Ki
mg(4H)  (0.4)mgH = 0  ki
Ki = 44 mH = 35.20
13. 00002.40
   
Sol. L  Icm   (r  pcm )
 m(2R)2
L  0  R(2m)(R0 )
2

L  4mR2 0 = 2.40
14. 00016.64
Sol. dsin   (  1)t  x
 3  3
d   x
 2d  2
x = 3
Hence maximum intensity will occur at ‘O’.
I = 4I0 = 16.64 W/m2
15. 00002.67
2E0
Sol. (Mg)  1 = 2
tc
2  20  2 8
M 3 8
=  103 kg
10  0.01 10  3  10 3
16. 00000.74
Sol. pitch = 0.2 mm
Total division = 200
Least count = 0.001 mm
ve zero error = 40  L.C. = 0.04 mm
Reading = 0.6 mm + 100  L.C. = 0.7 mm
Thickness = 0.7 mm + 0.04 mm = 0.74 mm
17. 00002.25
Sol. In time dt shift in centre of mass of system (ball + liquid)
m ds  m2 ds2  b V  vdt    V  vdt
d SCM  1 1  …(i)
M M
dS
Momentum of system = M. cm …(ii)
dt
= (bV) v – (V ) v
Therefore momentum of liquid = (V )v
= 2.25 gm/cm 3.
18. 00002.33
2GM
Sol. Speed of projection  v 0   ...(1)
R
1 GMm 1 GMm
mv 2   mv 2  …(2)
2 R 2 r
2GM
v
r
4R t
 rdr  2GM  dt
R 0
3
7 2R
t .
3 GM
AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 4
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A

1. Bodies of mass m=0.5 kg, resting on a horizontal v0 v0

D
frictionless tabletop, are connected with an unstretched m m
spring of length L=20 cm, and of spring constant k
=16 N/m. The mass of the spring is negligible. At a certain
moment the bodies are given an initial speed of
v0=0.36 m/s, towards the wall on the right. The body at the
right collides with the wall totally elastically.
(A) The greatest compression of the spring during the motion is 9cm .
(B) The right body hit the wall again, when the spring is unstretched
(C) The change in the linear momentum of the system after all collisions will be 0.72kgm/s.
(D) Finally both the bodies will have same velocity .
2. A point like object of mass m is able to move up and down on a

vertical fixed rod. There is a vertical hole at the centre of the
object, and the rod fits into this hole, such that the object can
slide along the rod frictionlessly. Two pieces of thin light threads
are attached to the object, and initially the angle between both m
threads and the vertical is α = 45o. Each thread goes through a
pulley, which are at the same height, and at the other end of each M M
thread an object of mass M =1 kg is tied. The system is released
from rest. After releasing the system it stops at the position where
the threads attached to it are horizontal.
(A) m = 2M(2 1)
(B) The acceleration of the object of mass m when it starts to move back is zero.
(C) The acceleration of the object of mass m when it starts to move back is g.
(D) The acceleration of the other two objects of mass M, when they start to move back is g/2.
Space for Rough work
5 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
3. One end of a thread of length l = 1 m is attached to an inclined

o
plane of angle of elevation of α = 30 . A point-like body of mass
m = 1 kg is attached to the other end of the thread as shown in 
the figure. The body is released without initial speed, such that 
the thread is tight and horizontal. The coefficient of friction
between the slope and the body is µ = 0.2.
(A) The tension in the thread when the angle between the thread and the horizontal is φ is
T = (3 sin φ sin α -2µφ cos α)mg
0
(B) The tension in the string will be maximum when φ = 90 .
 2 
(C) The tension in the string will be maximum when   cos 1  
 3 tan  
(D) The maximum speed of the particle will be when φ = cos1(µcotα)
4. A small ball of mass m=0.1 kg is attached to a  =1 m-long thread and is

hung to a horizontal peg. The small ball is at rest and another small ball of

mass M=0.2 kg, is projected from the ground and collides with it, such
that the collision is totally elastic and head on, and after the collision the v0 m
ball at the end of the thread completes a whole circle around the peg. The M  
distance between the peg and the ground is 2. The value of x can be : x
(A) 0.5m (B) 1m

(C) 2m (D) 2.5m
5. Two tennis balls of mass 60 g are attached with a massless rubber thread, and held
in the vertical position as shown in the figure. In this position the unstretched length
of the rubber thread is 40 cm. The upper ball is slowly raised vertically upward, until
the lower ball just becomes unsupported by the ground. At this time the length of the
thread is 1 m. The rubber thread exerts a force which is proportional to its
extension.
(A) Work done by external agent while the upper ball was raised is 0.53J.
(B) Work done by external agent while the upper ball was raised is 0.23J.
(C) Releasing the upper ball, the speed which it hits the lower one is 5.1m/s.
(D) The time that elapses between the release of the upper ball and the collision is 0.34 sec.
6. A small rubber eraser is placed at one edge of a quarter-circle-shaped track of R

45
radius R that lies in a vertical plane and has its axis of symmetry vertical (see A
figure); it is then released. The coefficient of friction between the eraser and
B
the surface of the track is μ = 0.6. Will the eraser reach the lowest point of the
track?
0.6mgR
(A) If the particle slides from A to B work done by frictional force will be .
2
0.6mgR
(B) If the particle slides from A to B work done by frictional force will be greater than .
4 2
(C) The particle will never be able to go from A to B.
(D) If  is 2 the particle will not begin to slide.
(Paragraph Type)
This section contains TWO paragraphs. Based on the paragraph, there are TWO questions. Each
question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
A tall tower is built from alike tubes, which have thin walls, and from rectangular 20 cm
sheets, which have negligible mass with respect to that of the tubes, as shown in
the figure. rectangular sheets are numbered from bottom as S1 , S2 , S3 …..(Static
friction is big enough, such that the tubes does not slip.) The radius of each tube is
1 cm.
7. The minimum distance by which S2 should be pulled towards right so that

the tower collapses is : 5 cm
(A) 2cm (B) 3cm
(C) 4cm (D) 5cm
?
8. The minimum distance by which S6 should be pulled towards right so that
the tower collapses is :
(A) 2cm (B) 3cm
(C) 4cm (D) 5cm
A particle is suspended by three equal strings, of length a, from three points forming an equilateral
triangle of side 2b, in the horizontal plane.
9. The tension in the string will be

3mga mga
(A) (B)
3(3a2  4b2 ) 3(3a2  4b2 )
3mga mga
(C) (D)
2 2
(4a  3b ) (4a2  3b 2 )
10. If one string be cut, the tension of each of the other two strings will be changed in the ratio (i.e.
the ratio of final tension after cutting the string to tension before cutting the string):
3a2  4b2 4a2  3b2
(A) (B)
2(a2  b2 ) 2(a2  b2 )
3a 2  4b2 4a2  3b2
(C) (D)
(a2  b2 ) (a2  b2 )
SECTION – D
11. A cone with height h= 1 m and a base circle of radius r = 1 m is formed from a
sector- shaped sheet of paper. The sheet is of such a size and shape that its w
two straight edges almost touch on the sloping surface of the cone. In this
state the cone is stress-free. The cone is placed on a horizontal, slippery
table-top, and loaded at its apex with a vertical force of magnitude w = 2,
h
without collapsing. The splaying of the cone is opposed by a pair of forces of
magnitude F acting tangentially at the join in the base circle (see figure).
Ignoring any frictional or bending effects in the paper, find the value of F. r
F
F
12. The two ends of a 40 cm long chain are fixed at the same height, as
shown in the figure. Find the radius of curvature of the chain at its 45 45
lowest point in cm.
13. A student of height h jumps vertically up from the “squat” position. At the top point of the jump, the
student’s center of mass is at a height 3h/4 from the ground. Find the average force F acting on
the floor prior to the moment when the student loses contact with the floor. It is known that when
the student stands on the floor, the center of mass is at a height h/2 from the floor; in the “squat”
position, the center of mass is at a height h/4 from the floor. The mass of the student is m=
0.1kg.(take g=10m/s2)
14. Two points, A and B, are located on the ground a certain distance d = 10 2m apart. Two rocks
are launched simultaneously from points A and B with equal speeds but at different angles. Each
rock lands at the launch point of the other. Knowing that one of the rocks is launched at an angle
θ = 37 with the horizontal, what is the minimum distance between the rocks during the flight?
(given cos 37 = 3/5)
15. A semi-cylinder is cut out of a block and the block is kept on the m
horizontal surface. A small body of mass m is released at the top of
the cylinder shaped hole. (Friction is negligible.)
If the block is able to move on the horizontal surface without friction, M
then the force exerted on the block by the small body at the lowest
point is 7mg/2 . Find the ratio of M/m?
16. A projectile launched from the ground explodes into three fragments of equal mass at the top
point of the trajectory. One of the fragments lands t seconds after the explosion two other
fragments land simultaneously 2t seconds after the explosion. How high above the ground does
the projectile explode? (take t= 2/5 seconds and g= 10m/s2)
17. A vertical rod of mass 4 kg is hanging on a rope and a 3-kg cat is grasping the bottom end of the
rod. The rope is cut off and the frightened cat begins to run up on the rod. While the rod is falling
vertically, the cat remains at the same height, with respect to the ground. The acceleration of the
rod is kg/4 m/s2 where g is the acceleration due to gravity. Find k.
18. One stick leans on another as shown in Figure . A right angle is

formed where they meet, and the right stick makes an angle θ with the
horizontal. The left stick extends infinitesimally beyond the end of the
right stick. The coefficient of friction between the two sticks is µ. The 
sticks have the same mass density per unit length and are both
hinged at the ground. The minimum angle θ for which the sticks don’t
fall is 300. Find µ .
1 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
FIITJEE JEE(Advanced)-2019
PART TEST – I
PAPER-1
Q. No. PHYSICS Q. No. CHEMISTRY Q. No. MATHEMATICS
1. A, B, C, D 19. A, B, D 37. B, C
2. A, C 20. B, C, D 38. A, B
3. A, C, D 21. B, C, D 39. A, B
4. D 22. A, B, C, D 40. A, B
5. A, C, D 23. A, C 41. A, B
6. B, C, D 24. A, B 42. B, C
7. D 25. B 43. C
8. D 26. D 44. A
9. B 27. B 45. D
10. A 28. C 46. D
11. 00001.00 29. 00001.35 47. 00097.20
12. 00020.00 30. 00009.75 48. 00000.75
13. 00002.00 31. 00030.60 49. 00002.50
14. 00002.00 32. 00046.06 50. 00000.50
15. 00004.00 33. 00037.80 51. 00089.00
16. 00002.00 34. 00012.50 52. –00012.50
17. 00007.00 35. 00012.25 53. 00000.50
18. 00003.00 36. 00303.90 54. 00000.40
AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM (Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Immediately after 1st collision: v0 v0

Since the situation is symmetric, both will come to rest m m
simultaneously.
x0 : maximum compression
1 1
2  mv 02  kx 20
 2 2
2m
x0  v0
 K
Just before 2nd collision: v0 v0
Finally:
 m m
 P  4mv 0 ()
v0 v0
2. Applying work energy theorem from initial to final state (i to f)

2Mgx  mgy = 0 f
a
 2Mx = mg …(i) 45
Keeping length of the string constant
 2y  0  y  x  a
i
y( 2  1)  x …(ii) x x
From (i) and (ii) f f
 2My(2 1) = my
 m = 2M(2 1)
In the final state instantaneous acceleration of m has to be g as there will be only one force
(That’s mg). and the acceleration of masses M are zero at the same moment .
mv 2
3. T  mg sin  sin  = …(i)
 g sin 
dv
mg sin  cos    mg cos  = m …(ii) P
dt 
work energy theorem T f = mg cos 
v2/
1
(mg sin )  sin   (mg cos )  = mv 2 …(iii)
2 mg sin  sin 
From (i) and (iii) mg sin  cos
 T  mg sin  sin  = mg sin  sin  2(mg cos ) 
 T = mg (3 sin  sin   2   cos )
dT
 0  3 sin  cos   2 cos 
d
4. Mv 0cos  + 0 = Mv + mv
v  v
e=1= 
v 0 cos 
v0 m
2Mv 0 cos 
v   5g M  
Mm
x
Also, x = R/2 and  = H
3 10
Solving  x 
4
x  2.37 m
5. Fext = kx + mg ( x : extension at any t)

x0
 W ext =  (kx  mg)dx , where kx0 = mg

0
Releasing, total work done = W ext + mg(h), where h : natural length
6. Underestimate the work done against friction, and compare it with the initial gravitational potential
energy of the eraser.
First of all, we investigate whether the rubber eraser will start moving at all. It will do so provided
that mg sin α>μmg cos α, i.e. μ< tan α = tan 45◦ = 1. This is clearly the case, since μ = 0.6. So,
the eraser will start moving. The trouble is that the determination of how the normal force acting
on the eraser varies with position is difficult. A calculation of the work done against friction can be
carried out, to any given degree of accuracy, only by using a computer. The trouble is that the
determination of how the normal force acting on the eraser varies with position is difficult.
However, it is certain that the frictional force is always larger than its initial value of μmg cos α =
μmg cos 45◦ This is because, after the initial release, the angle with the horizontal made by the
slope on which the eraser moves decreases, and, in addition, the track has to provide a
centripetal force for the moving eraser. The path to reach the lowest point of the track would be
one-eighth of a circle, with a length of Rπ/4. The work done against friction can now be
underestimated by taking the normal force as if it always had its initial value:
 mg  R
W f  Wund   0.333mgR
2 4
The gravitational potential energy difference between the initial position and the bottom of the
track is ΔEp = mgR(1 − cos α) = mgR(1 − cos 45◦) ≈ 0.293mgR.
It can be seen that |W f| >ΔEp, i.e. the work to be done against friction is clearly larger than what
can be provided by the gravitational potential energy. So, the rubber eraser cannot reach the very
lowest part of the track.
7-8. The pipes just below and just above the sheet which is moving will move the other pipes and the
other pipes will remain in the original place. If the sheet is moved by distance greater then 5 cm
the centre of gravity of the system would fall outside the base and the system will collapse.
P
b 3 2b A
9-10. cos 30    BO =
(BO) 2 3
a
Let P be particle clearly, O
O
3Ti cos  = mg
30 2b/3
mg mga B
Ti  sec   B 2b C
3 3(3a2  4b 2 )
SECTION – D
11. Imagine the apex of the cone being depressed by Δh, and the radius of its base consequently
increasing by Δr, i.e. the perimeter of the base circle increases by 2πΔr. Then the total work done
by external forces would be:
wh  F(2r) = 0
w h
 F
2  r
However, the changes in height and base circle radius are not independent, the connection
between them being determined by the fixed length of one of the straight edges of the sheet.
Using Pythagoras’s theorem:
2 2
 r  r    h   h    2  r 2  h2
from which we have
h 2r  r r
 
r 2h  h h
So the force in question has magnitude
w r
F =1
2 h
12. The weight of the chain is balanced by the vertical components of the reaction forces at the two
suspension points. The magnitude of each of these components must be F0 = ρLg/2, where  is
the mass of the chain per unit length, and L = 40 cm. If the chain made an angle of θ with the
vertical at a suspension point, the horizontal component of the chain’s tension would be F0tan θ.
Because, in practice, θ = 45◦, the horizontal component is the same as the vertical one; it is also
constant along the chain, since there are horizontal forces acting on the chain only at its ends.
At the chain’s lowest point, the tension is purely horizontal, and, as just shown, its magnitude is
F0. So, around the lowest point, consider a small piece of the chain that subtends an angle 2 at
the centre of the osculating circle, whose radius is the value r1 we seek. The length of the piece is
2r1 and it is pulled down by a gravitational force 2r1ρg. This force is balanced by the upward net
force of 2F0sin  due to the tension in the chain. In the limit of small angles, when sin  ≈ , the
equilibrium equation
2r1ρg = 2F0 sin 
leads to
F0 = ρgr1.
Since F0 = ρLg/2, we have the simple result that r1 = L/2 = 20 cm.
13. Method 1: Even though the normal force with the floor does no physical work on the person
(energy transfers occur internally from the muscles), one can write a mathematically correct
expression as though the contact force with the floor does change the person’s energy. Hence,
we can treat the center of mass motion as Wnet = ΔKcm. Here, we are treating it as though only
gravity and the floor act onthe person, and since the person is in contact with the floor until the
h  h 
center of mass is a position h/2 from the ground, then Ffloor   mg  0
4  2 
as the student starts and ends this motion at rest. Therefore, Ffloor = 2mg.
Method 2: Since the feet come off the floor at a position h/2 from the ground, then the person
accelerates upward from h/4 to h/2 with the same magnitude as the acceleration from h/2 to 3h/4
by symmetry. Therefore, the net force on the student going upward is the same in magnitude as
the student in free fall from h/2 to 3h/4. Hence, while in contact with the floor, using Newton’s
second law, Ffloor – mg = mg ➯ Ffloor = 2mg.
d
14. xmin = d sin (5345) = 2 
5 2 v BA
xmin
5345
A B
d
15. Momentum conservation along m

x axis y
0 = mv2  Mv1 R m v2
Work energy theorem x
M v1 M
1 1
mgR = mv 22  Mv12
2 2
from (i) and (ii)
m2 2
 2mgR = mv 22  v2
M
2gRM m 2gRM
 v 2 and v 1 
Mm M Mm
Making FBD of particle with respect wedge at lowest point.
7mg m(v 1  v 2 )2 N = (7mg/2)
 mg 
2 R (v  v1 ) 2
M  2
Substituting the values, we get : 4 R
m
mg
16. Let us call h the height above the ground at which the projectile explodes and v jy (j=1, 2, 3) the y-
component of the velocity at the moment of the explosion for the three fragments. I will label with
1 the fragment which lands after t seconds.
Since the landing time depends only on the y-component of the velocity at the moment of the
explosion, we have: v3y = v2y . We then need only the equations for fragments 1 and 2, stating
that at landing time the y-coordinate will be equal to 0:
gt 2
h  v 1y t  0
2
g(2t)2
h  v 2y t  0
2
Since the masses of the three fragments are equal, and the y-component of the projectile
momentum at the moment of the explosion is equal to 0 (it explodes at the top of the trajectory),
the momentum conservation law reads:
v1y + v2y + v3y = 0.
The solution of the above equations is then:
3
v1y  gt
4
3
v 2 y  v 3 y  gt
8
The height above the ground at which the projectile explodes is then: h = 5gt2/4
17. Tension T = weigth of cat (since cat is at rest).

 Net downward force on rod = T + 4g
3g  4g
arod  = 7g/4 m/s2
4
18. Let Ml be the mass of the left stick, and let Mr be the mass of the right Ff
stick. Then Ml/Mr = tan θ. Let N and Ff be the normal and friction N
forces between the sticks. Ff has a maximum value of µN. Balancing
the torques on the left stick (around the contact point with the ground)
gives N = (Mlg/2) sin θ. Balancing the torques on the right stick 
(around the contact point with the ground) gives Ff = (Mrg/2) cos θ.
The condition Ff ≤ µN is therefore
1
Mr cos   M1 sin   tan2  

where we have used Ml/Mr = tan θ.
Chemistry PART – II
SECTION – A
19. 

PCl5  g 
 PCl3  g  Cl2  g 
4 x x x
Total moles at equilibrium = 4 + x + 2 = 6 + x
PV
n
RT
6.568  80
6x 
0.0821 800
6  x  8, x  2
2 2 2
PCl5   ,PCl3   .Cl2  
80 80 80
2 2

Kc  80 80  0.025
2
80
n
K P  K c  RT 
= 0.025 × 0.0821 × 800
= 1.642 atm
20. Bond angle of NH3 > Bond angle of NF3
21. B2O3  P2 O5 
 2BPO4
22. H
O
Cl
Cl C C H
Cl O
H
Chloral hydrate
23. 2KMnO4  5K 2C2 O4  8H2 SO4 

 2MnSO4  10CO2  6K 2 SO4  8H2 O
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A long thin uniform rod lies flat on the table as shown. One end of the
rod is slowly pulled up by a force that remains perpendicular to the rod
at all times. The rod is to be brought to the vertical position without any
slipping of the bottom end? The coefficient of static friction between rod
and ground can be:
(A) 0.2 (B) 0.3
(C) 0.4 (D) 0.5
2. Board A is placed on board B as shown. Both boards slide, without moving with respect to each
other, along a frictionless horizontal surface at a speed v . Board B hits a resting board C “head-
on.”
A A
B C B C
V=0
Before Collision After Collision

After the collision, boards B and C move together, and board A slides on top of board C and
stops its motion relative to C in the position shown on the diagram. All three boards have the
same mass, size, and shape. It is known there is no friction between boards A and B; the
coefficient of kinetic friction between boards A and C is µk.
v2
(A) The length of each board is
6k g
(B) The final speed of each board is 2v/3.
(C) Total work done by frictional force on the system is zero.
mv 2
(D) Total work done by frictional force on C is .
12
3. Two balls of masses M and m are attached to two threads of length l, M   m

such that the two threads are suspended at the same point. The balls are
both deflected to the horizontal position of the threads, released from rest
at the same time, and they collide head on. (The collision is perfectly
elastic.). If the ball of mass m reaches the maximum height which is
allowed M/m can be :
(A) 0.5 (B) 1.5
(C) 2 (D) 2.5
4. A dumbbell consists of a light rod of length r and two small masses m attached to it.
The dumbbell stands vertically in the corner formed by two frictionless planes. After the
bottom end is slightly moved to the right, the dumbbell begins to slide. At the moment
the top end loses contact with the vertical plane:
(A) The acceleration of top mass is g.
(B) Horizontal component of acceleration of bottom mass is zero.
(C) The height of the top mass will be 2r/3.
2
(D) Speed of the bottom mass will be gR .
3
5. Two small spheres of mass m each are attached to the ends of a light rigid rod pivot
bent at a right angle and pivoted in the vertical plane at the vertex of the right
angle. The vertical part of the rod is three times as long as the horizontal part.
Initially, the rod is held at rest in the position shown in the diagram. The pivot is
frictionless. Assume that mass of rods are negligible. Immediately after the
system is released.
3
(A) Horizontal component of acceleration of center of mass of the system is m/s2 towards
10
right.
1
(B) Vertical component of acceleration of center of mass of the system is m/s2 downwards.
20
3mg
(C) Horizontal component of hinge reaction is towards right.
10
19mg
(D) Vertical component of hinge reaction is upwards.
20
6. Two identical uniform cylinders of radius R each are placed on top of each
other next to a wall as shown. After a disturbance, the bottom cylinder slightly
moves to the right and the system comes into motion. Neglect friction
between all surfaces.
(A) The top cylinder will have maximum acceleration g.
(B) The speed of the bottom cylinder will first increase then decrease.
(C) Minimum acceleration of the bottom cylinder is zero.
2
(D) Maximum speed of the bottom cylinder is gR
3

7. Block a moving on frictionless horizontal plane collides vA

Block A Block B
head-on with block B initially at rest. The collision is NOT
(0 < e < 1) perfectly elastic. Match the List-I with the
related graph in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II
1.
P. Forces exerted by the blocks

time
2.
The position of mass centre of the two
Q.
block system
time
3.
R. Velocity of blocks
time
4.
S. Position of block B
time
5.
time
(A) P → 4; Q → 4; R → 1; S→4
(B) P → 3; Q → 3; R → 1; S→3
(C) P → 3; Q → 5; R → 4; S→2
(D) P → 4; Q → 3; R → 4; S→1
8. A rectangular block of mass m = 0.3 kg is held 

stationary with the help of massless rod of length  = h
10 m in vertical plane as shown in the figure. Vertical B
wall is frictionless and coefficient of friction between
block and rod is  = 0.75. Now match the value of
physical quantities mentioned in List – I with List – II. g
A (Hinge)
LIST–I LIST–II (values of a)

The value of h in meter so that block 1.
P. 1.5
remains stationary
Magnitude of normal force in Newton 2.
Q. 5
given by wall to the block
R. Magnitude of Hinge reaction in Newton 3. 4
Magnitude of friction force acting on the 4.
S. 3
block
5. 2
(A) P → 1, 5; Q → 3; R → 2; S→4
(B) P → 1, 5; Q → 1; R → 2; S→3
(C) P → 3, 1; Q → 2; R → 3; S→4
(D) P → 3, 3; Q → 1; R → 3; S→4
9. Three identical cylinders are arranged in a triangle as shown in Figure, with (3)
the bottom two lying on the ground. The ground and the cylinders are F (1) (2)
frictionless. You apply a constant horizontal force (directed to the right) on the
left cylinder. Let a be the acceleration you give to the system.
N12 is normal reaction between (1) and (2)
List –II shows various values of a.
Match the functions in List-I with the related charge distributions in List-II.
LIST–I LIST–II (values of a)
P. N12 = 0, N13  0 1. g
2. g
Q. N12  0, N13  0
2 3
3. g
R. N12  0, N13 = 0
4 3
4. g
S. N23 = 0, N13  0
6 3
5. Never possible
(A) P → 3, 4; Q → 2; R → 5; S→1
(B) P → 3, 2; Q → 1; R → 4; S→3
(C) P → 3, 1; Q → 2; R → 3; S→4
(D) P → 3, 3; Q → 1; R → 3; S→4
10. A uniform rod of mass 6 kg and length 1m is hinged

O
at O and a small bob of mass 1 kg is attached to its A
other end. The system is kept horizontal and then
released. The quantities mentioned under Column I
are measured and their magnitudes (in SI) are given Hinge bob
in column II, but not necessarily in the proper order.
Match the quantities in List I with their corresponding
2
values in List II. Take g = 10 m/s .
LIST–I LIST–II (in SI units)

Angular acceleration of rod 1. 10
P.
3
Linear acceleration of bob 2. 20
Q.
3
Force exerted by the rod on the bob 3. 40
R.
3
Force exerted by the hinge on the rod 4. 50
S.
3
5. 160
3
(A) P → 5; Q → 3, 4; R → 1; S→2
(B) P → 3; Q → 3; R → 1, 4; S→5
(C) P → 5; Q → 3; R → 1, 2; S→4
(D) P → 4; Q → 2, 3; R → 1; S→5
SECTION – D
11. The wedge shown in the figure can slide without friction on a m
horizontal tabletop. The mass of the wedge is M and its angle of
o
elevation is α =30 . A body of mass m slides down without friction
along the wedge, the path of the body makes an angle of φ = 60o with
M
the ground. Find the ratio of the masses, m/M.
 
12. A path is made to a uniform density cube of a

mass m, and of edge a, such that when the cube m
rolls along the path without skidding, its centre v0
moves along a straight line. At the top of the path a
horizontal velocity of center of mass is v 0 and the
cube is in pure rolling. The static frictional force is
big enough, so the cube do not slide anywhere.
The speed of the centre of mass when the cube
k vo
touches the lowest point of the path is ?
2
(The moment of inertia of the cube with respect to
its centre of mass is ma2/6). Find k.
13. A block is placed on a long and wide inclined plane that makes angle  = 45 with the horizontal.
The coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the plane is µk = 2. After a quick push, the
block acquires velocity v 0 = 62 m/s that makes angle  = 60 with the line of fastest descent.
Find the time interval t during which the block is in motion. (take g = 10 m/s2)
14. A carpet runner is placed onto a long straight inclined plane

parallel to the steepest line in the plane, from the bottom of
the slope till its top. The carpet is thin and flexible, and it
cannot slide down because of the friction, but it can easily be
lifted, it does not stick to the plane. The top end of the carpet 
is rolled, a bit, and this hoop of carpet is released. The hoop
rolls down the slope with greater and greater speed, while its
diameter increases, and finally it reaches the bottom of the
slope during a time of t1. If a solid cylinder is released at the
top of the slope, it reaches the bottom in a time of t2. The ratio
t
of 1  k . Find k .
t2
15. A ball is thrown at speed v from zero height on level ground. The angle at which the particle is
thrown is such that the area under the trajectory is maximum? If the angle of projection in /k .
Find k .
16. A mass, which is free to move on a horizontal frictionless surface, is (top view)
attached to one end of a massless string that wraps partially around a
frictionless vertical pole of radius r (see the top view in Figure). You
hold on to the other end of the string. At t = 0, the mass has speed v 0 =
1m/s in the tangential direction along the dotted circle of radius R
shown. Your task is to pull on the string so that the mass keeps moving
along the dotted circle. You are required to do this in such a way that
the string remains in contact with the pole at all times. (You will have to
move your hand around the pole, of course.) What is the speed of the hand
R
mass at time t  ?
2v 0 tan 
17. A mass M collides elastically with a stationary mass m. If M = 2m, then there is a maximal angle
of deflection of M. This maximal angle equals /k radians. Find k .
18. A uniform flexible rope passes over two small frictionless pulleys
h
mounted at the same height (see figure). The length of rope

between the pulleys is  = 23 m, and its ‘sag’ is h = 1 m. In
S=?
equilibrium, what is the length s of the rope segments that hang
down on either side?
FIITJEE JEE(Advanced)-2019
PART TEST – I
PAPER-2
Q. No. PHYSICS Q. No. CHEMISTRY Q. No. MATHEMATICS
1. C, D 19. A, B, C 37. C, D
2. A, B 20. A, C 38. B, D
3. C, D 21. C, D 39. A, B, C
4. A, B, C 22. A, B, C 40. A, B, C, D
5. A, B, C, D 23. A, C 41. A, B, D
6. A, C 24. C, D 42. A, B, C, D
7. C 25. B 43. D
8. A 26. D 44. C
9. A 27. B 45. B
10. B 28. A 46. D
11. 00002.00 29. 00046.06 47. 00000.25
12. 00005.00 30. 00015.50 48. 00000.50
13. 00001.00 31. 00004.74 49. 00000.50
14. 00002.00 32. 00005.27 50. 00001.50
15. 00003.00 33. 00028.04 51. 00000.40
16. 00002.00 34. 01215.60 52. 00000.50
17. 00006.00 35. 00115.15 53. 00000.25
18. 00002.00 36. 02763.60 54. 00000.50
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Since the rod is raised slowly (quasi- F cos 

F
statically), the entire system remains in
equilibrium at any moment in time. Thus, F sin 
the torque about the point of rotation of the
rod is zero about any axis, and the net
N
external forces are 0. Ffric = F sin θ 
 mg
mglcos  mgcos  fk
  Fl   0  F 
2 2 
N = mg – F cos θ
The F sin θ force causes the rod’s bottom end to slip in one direction. The friction force counters
this force to stop the slipping
when Ffric = μsN  F sin θ. Hence,
F sin  sin  cos 
s  
mg  F cos  2  cos 2 
Maximum of µs can be found by setting its derivative with respect to theta equal to zero:
d  2  cos   2cos   1  2cos  1  cos  
2 2 2 2
1 2
 2
 0 This gives sin   and min 
d  2  cos  
2
3 4
2. First consider the situation immediately after the perfectly inelastic collision between B and C but
before A has begun to slip onto C; label this as the initial configuration “i.” Clearly v Ai = v and vBi =
vCi = v/2 by momentum conservation. On the other hand, in the end (labeled “f”) all three masses
have the same final speed, so that v Af = v Bf = vCf = 2v/3 by again applying momentum
conservation. The sum of the kinetic energies of the boards thus changes by
ΔK = (KAf + KBf + KCf) – (KAi + KBi + KCi) = (mv2/12) …(1)
where m is the mass of each board. This net loss in mechanical energy is the result of the non
L
conservative “internal work” done by friction, WNC    fdx A   fdx C   0 fd  x A  x C  …(2)
where the equal and opposite internal force of friction between blocks A and C is given by
f = µkN = µk mg(xA-xC)/L …(3)
with L the length of each board. Here, xA and xC are the rightward displacements of blocks A and
C from their initial positions; the ratio (x A – xC)/L thus gives the fraction of block A, which is on top
of block C, and hence the ratio of the normal force N of A on C to the weight mg of A. Substitute
Eq. (3) into Eq. (2) to find
 mg L2 …(4)
WNC  K
L 2
It is worth pausing to note that it would have been extremely difficult to attempt to separately
calculate the two frictional work terms in the middle expression in Eq. (2)! Finally equate the right-
hand sides of Eqs. (1) and (4) to obtain the answer,
v2
L
6 k g
v1  v 2
3. e=1= …(i)
2 2g
Momentum conservative m
M
M 2g  m 2g  mv1  Mv 2 …(ii) v2 v1
2g 2g
Solving (i) and (ii) Before After
 3M  m  collision collision
v1    2gL  5gl
 Mm 
M 5 2
   1.82 =1.82
m 3 2 5
4. Since the normal force on the top mass is zero and the horizontal
acceleration of the top mass is zero at the instant it loses con-tact with N
y r
the wall, the tension in the rod at that moment must be zero. Thus, mg
free-body diagrams for the two masses are as sketched below
Therefore, the top mass has downward velocity v = – dy/dt and x
mg
acceleration g = – d 2y/dt2,
While the bottom mass has rightward velocity u = dx/dt and zero acceleration. But y = (r2-x2)1/2.
dy x dx xu
v  
dt r  x dt
2 2 y
d2 y u dx xu dy u2 xuv
g     2
dt 2 y dt y 2 dt y y
1
mg  r  y   m u2  v 2 
2
 x2  u 2r 2
 2g  r  y   u2  1  2    gy
 y  y2
2 8gr
y r  u 
3 27
5. According to Newton’s third law, the force Fsp that the system (s) exerts on the pivot (p) is
opposite to the force Fps that the pivot exerts on the system, Fsp = –Fps. Then, we can use
Newton’s second law to first deduce Fps and so to obtain the required force Fsp. The physical
situation is represented in the figure below.
y Fps
F

Fnet
x

mg D
2mg
CM  3
acm
mg
Applying Newton’s second law to the system:

Fnet = M acm , (1)
where Fnet indicates the sum of all external forces on the system, acm indicates the acceleration of
the center of mass of the system, and M is the total mass of the system that is M = 2m because
the mass of the “light rod” is neglected. In the present
case Fnet is the sum of the gravitational force on the two spheres and the force Fps that exerts
the pivot:
Fnet = M g + Fps. (2)
The force Fps can be deduced from Eqs. (1) and (2):
Fps = M acm – M g. (3)
Then, to obtain Fps it is necessary to have acm. We note that just after the system is released, the
acceleration of the center of mass is tangent to the circular trajectory that the center of mass will
follow during its oscillation around the pivot (the pivot is the suspension point and the system will
behave as a physical pendulum). It allows us to relate the magnitude of this tangential
acceleration with the magnitude of the angular acceleration a of the system:
acm = α D, (4)
where D is the distance between the pivot and the center of mass. From the figure,
10
D l (5)
2
Equation (4) is only valid just after the system is released at t = 0, because for t > 0 the system
will also have a centripetal acceleration pointing to the pivot. The angular acceleration a is
obtained by using Newton’s second law in “its rotational version.” We have:
net  I (6)
where τnet has to be measured with respect to an axis that passes through the pivot and is
perpendicular to the vertical plane when the system is contained. Since the weight of the upper
mass is the only force that produces a torque, the magnitude of this torque can be found as:
τnet = mgl (7)
Here I is the moment of inertia of the system with respect to the same axis:
I = 10 m2 (8)
where we have neglected the moment of inertia of the two arms that the light rod forms, due to
the assumption mrod << m. Combining Eqs. (6), (7), and (8) we obtain
α = g/10l (9)
g
acm  (10)
10 2
  3 1 
acm   i  j g
 10 20 
  3 1   3 19 
Fps  2mg  i j  g  2mg   j   mg  i  j
 20 20   10 20 
6. Consider a moment when the center of top the cylinder has moved

down a distance xT and the center of the bottom cylinder has moved 2R
to the right a distance xB. At this moment, the cylinders are moving 2R  xT
with speeds v T and v B, respectively. From Fig. , v T and v B,
respectively. From Fig., xB
xT = 2R(1-cosθ)
Also, energy conservation gives:
 v 2  v T2 
m B   mgxT  2mgR 1  cos  
 2 
2 2
x B 2   2R  x T    2R 
Differentiating w.r.t. time
vT = vBxB/(2R – xT) = vB tan θ.
Eliminating v T from the energy conservation equation gives v B2 = 4gR(1 – cos θ)/(1 + tan2θ).
Setting the derivative with respect to θ equal to zero gives
cos θm = 2/3
for the angle θm at which vB is maximum. At this point, the speed of the bottom cylinder is
16gR
vB  .
27
Mathematically, it appears that the speed decreases after θm. However, for this to happen, the
acceleration and, therefore, the horizontal force must be directed to the left (negative) for angles
greater than θm. But the contact force on the bottom cylinder by the top cylinder cannot be
directed to the left. Therefore, the bottom cylinder loses contact with the top one and moves off at
16gR
the maximum speed of vB 
27
7. Basic concept of collision
8. Taking torque about point A

2
N  2     h   fs    h 
2 fs
N 2     h
 fs   N
h N
2 2
      h   2    h 
2
2 fs N N

  2  2  1    h   F2

    h 
2
 1 A F1
 1 
 h   1    hmax  2m
 1  2  mg
fs = 3 N
N  4N
FH = 5 N.
g
9. (P) a   3, 4
3 3
g g
(Q) a  2
3 3 3
(R) 5
g
(S) a  1
3
  M 2  A
10. Mg  mg     m 2  
2  3  B
M  
 2  m  g 40 mg
   rad / s2 mg
M
  m   3
3 
 40 
mg  F1  m   1
 3 
40 10
i.e. F1   10 
3 3
 20   40 
Mg  mg  FH  M    m  
 3   3 
40
 40 
3
160
70  FH 
3
160 50
FH  70  
3 3
SECTION – D
11. a1 cos[90  (   )]  a2 sin 

a1 sin(   )  a2 sin  …(i)
Conservation has no acceleration x direction  90  (  )
 Ma2 = ma1 sin  …(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
m sin(   )  
 sin  
M sin 
m tan   tan 
 
M tan 
m tan 60  tan30
 2
M tan30
5v o
12. (Apply conservation of energy)
2
13. Because the block does not accelerate off the plane surface, the y
normal force N that the surface exerts on the block (of mass m) f
must balance the component of the block’s weight perpendicular to i
the plane, so that N =mg cos θ, and thus the kinetic frictional force x 
O
is f k = µk mg cos θ. On the other hand, the following sketch shows
the path of the block (between its initial position “i” and final position
“f ”) and the components of the forces acting on it in the plane of the
incline. I have chosen coordinates with x down the incline and y O
perpendicular to it. A tangent to the block’s path makes angle f with
mg sin 
respect to the x-direction, with φi = α . (It is interesting to note that φ
must be zero because the block’s final speed and hence its final
centripetal acceleration must approach zero, which can only
happen if the frictional force points up the plane, opposite the
weight component down the plane.)
Newton’s second law in the x-direction, after dividing both sides by the block’s mass, becomes
dv x
 gsin   k gcos  cos  (1)
dt
where u is the block’s speed, with initial value u0. Writing down the y-component of Newton’s
second law introduces sin , which leads to a mess. A better choice is to instead write down the
tangential component of Newton’s second law (noting that any direction other than x would give
an independent equation),
dv
 gsin  sin   k gcos  (2)
dt
Solve Eq. (1) for cos φ (which is the only time-dependent quantity on the right-hand side of these
two equations) and substitute it into Eq. (2) to get
dv dv
k  gcos   tan2    k 2   tan  x
dt dt
after simplifying. Now integrate both sides over the time t from the initial to the final point to obtain
 k  0  v 0   gcos   tan2    k 2  t  tan   0  v o cos  
v o  k  tan  cos  
t
gcos   k 2  tan2 
14. The rolled part of the carpet is a cylinder, and its mass is
proportional to x. Applying conservation of mechanical
2
 1 1  dx  x sin 
 1    x       x  g
energy,  2  2  dt  2 
2
 dx  2 2gx sin 
  v 
 dt
  3
g
acarpet 
i.e. 3.
For the cylinder,
3
mv 2  mgx sin 
4
2g
acyl 
i.e. 3
t1 acyl
  2
t2 acarpet
15. Maximum trajectory area

Let  be the angle at which the ball is thrown. Then coordinates are given by x = (v cos )t and y
gt 2
= (v sin )t  . The total time in air is 2(v sin )/g, so the area under the trajectory, A = ydx, is
2
x max 2v sin  / g
 gt 2  2v 4
0 ydx  0  (v sin  )t  (v cos  dt)  sin3  cos 
2  3g2
Taking the derivative of this, we find that the maximum occurs when tan  = 3 that is, when  =
3V 4
60. The maximum area is then A max  . Note that by dimensional analysis we know that
8g2
v4
the area, which has dimensions of distance squared, must be proportional to .
g2
16. Circling around a pole

Let F be the tension in the string. At the mass, the angle between the string and the radius of the
dotted circle is  = sin1(r/R). In terms of , the radial and tangential F = ma equations are
mv 2 dv
Fcos   , and F sin  = m …(i)
R dt
Dividing these two equations gives tan  = (Rv)/v 2. Separating variables and integrating gives
v
dv tan  t
  dt
v0 v2 R 0
1
1 1 (tan )t  1 (tan )t 
    v(t)     …(ii)
v0 v R  v0 R 
The speed v becomes infinite when
R
tT …(iii)
v 0 tan 
This means that you can keep the mass moving the desired circle only up to time T. After that, it
is impossible. (Of course, it will become impossible, for all practical purposes, long before v
becomes infinite.) The total distance d = vdt, is infinite, because this integral diverges (barely,
like a log) as t approaches T.
17. Let’s figure out what the collision looks like in the CM frame. If M has initial speed V in the lab
frame, then the CM moves with speed VCM = MV /(M +m). The speeds of M and m in the CM
frame therefore equal, respectively,
mV MV U
U = V  VCM = , and u =  VCM 
Mm Mm  u
In the CM frame, the collision is simple. The particles keep the U 
same speeds, but simply change their directions (while still moving u
in opposite directions), as shown in Figure.
The angle θ is free to have any value. This scenario clearly satisfies Vlab
conservation of energy and momentum, so it must be what happens.
The important point to note is that since θ can have any value, the tip
VCM U
of the U velocity vector can be located anywhere on a circle of radius
U. If we then shift back to the lab frame, we see that the final velocity
of M with respect to the lab frame, Vlab, is obtained by adding VCM to
the vector U, which can point anywhere on the dotted circle in Figure.
A few possibilities for Vlab are shown. The largest angle of deflection mV
is obtained when Vlab is tangent to the dotted circle, in which case we Mm
max
have the situation shown in Figure.
MV
Mm
The maximum angle of deflection, φmax, is therefore given by

U mV / (M  m) m
sin max   
VCM MV / (M  m) M
If M < m, then the dotted circle passes to the left of the left vertex of the triangle. This means that
φ can take on any value. In particular, it is possible for M to bounce directly backward.
18. s = the arc length OP. Y
T cos   T0 …(1)
s T
T sin     s  g …(2)  P(x, y) X
T0 O
dy dy  g 
 tan       s …(3)
dx dx  T0 
dy  ds sin  
Further:  …(4)
dx  ds cos  
Substituting and Solving, we get,
T  T0  gy …(5)
2
 sg 
And, T 2  T02    …(6)
 2 
Using these and T = gs, we get,
2  4h2
S  s  , y  h 
8h
Alternative Solution:
It can be shown that the difference between the tensions in the rope at two arbitrary points on it
(denoted by A and B), e.g. the centre and the right-hand pulley, depends only on the height
difference between the points and the linear mass density  of the rope. In an obvious notation:
FB − FA = g(hB − hA).
To prove this, consider the energy changes that would be involved if a small length of rope were
(notionally) cut out from the neighbourhood of point A and inserted close to point B.
Any arbitrary piece of the rope is in equilibrium, and so the horizontal component of the tension in
the rope between the pulleys is constant (equal to F1, say). The vertical component changes from
point to point; it is zero in the middle, and at the pulleys is equal to half the weight of the ‘sagging’
section, namely (/2)g, where λ is the linear mass density of the rope.
As illustrated in figure, we imagine a small F2
(g)/2
piece of the rope, of length , cut out from
the middle of the system, and re-inserted
F1
into the rope near one of the pulleys! What
energy changes are involved?
Closing the gap in the middle of the rope h F2
requires work F1Δl to be done, while the /2
work required to lift the small piece against
F1 (g)/2
gravity is λ Δl gh. Inserting it at the pulley
actually allows some energy to be 
recovered, but formally the work required
to do this is −F2 Δl.
As a result of these changes, we have done no more than return the rope to its initial state! It
follows that the total work done must be zero, and so
F1 Δl + λ Δl gh − F2 Δl = 0,
showing that
F2 − F1 = λgh.
The same thought experiment could have been carried out for any arbitrary pair of points on the
rope, and so it is generally true that ‘the difference in tension forces at two arbitrary points of the
rope is directly proportional to the height difference between those points’.
As can be seen in Fig. 1, the connection between the rope tension F2 (at the pulley) and its
components is
2
  lg 
F2 2  F12   
 2 
A third equation, one that involves s, can be established by recognising that the hanging rope
segments are each held in place by a force of strength F2:
F2 = λgs.
From equations (1) and (3), we have that F1 = λg(s − h). Substituting this into (2) gives the final
result for the length of the hanging segments as
l 2  4h 2
s
8h
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

 Each Part is further divided into Two Sections: Section-A & Section-C.
1. Section–A (01 – 04, 19 – 22, 37 – 40) contains 12 multiple choice questions which out of 4
options have only one correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1
mark for wrong answer.
Section-A (05 – 12, 23 – 30, 41 – 48) contains 24 multiple choice questions which have one or
Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the four option(s) is (are) chosen.
Partial Marks : +2 If three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen and
both of which are correct options.
correct option.
2. Section-C (13 – 18, 31 – 36, 49 – 54) contains 18 Numerical answer type questions with answer
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 04 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D), out of which ONLY ONE option is correct.
1. A bobbin of mass M = 3 kg consists of a central cylinder of

R
radius r = 5 cm and two end plates of radius R = 6 cm. It is
placed on a slotted incline on which it will roll but not slip, and a r
mass m = 4.5 kg is suspended from a cord wound around the
bobbin, as shown in Figure. It is observed that the system is in M
static equilibrium. What is the angle of tilt  of the incline? m
(A)  = 30
(B)  = 45
(C)  = 60
(D)  = 75
2. Smooth, identical logs are piled in a stake truck. The truck is

forced off the highway and comes to rest on an even keel
lengthwise but with the bed at an angle  with the horizontal, as
shown in Figure. As the truck is unloaded, the removal of the
θ
log shown dotted leaves the remaining three in a condition
where they are just ready to slide, that is, if  were any smaller,
the logs would fall down. Find .
 1 
(A)   tan1  
2 3 
 1 
(B)   tan1  
3 3 
 1 
(C)   tan1  
4 3
 1 
(D)   tan1  
5 3 
3. In the arrangement shown in Figure, the inclined plane is 130 cm long

F
and its upper end is 50 cm above the level of the lower end. The block m1
m2 rests on the plane, and has a mass of 60 kg. The block m 1 has a m2
mass 200 kg. The coefficient of static friction between the two blocks is
0.50; the coefficient of sliding friction between the lower block and the
plane is 0.33. A force F upward and parallel to the plane is applied to
the lower block. What is the maximum value of F before the two blocks
move with respect to each other?
(A) F = 2000N
(B) F = 2400N
(C) F = 2700N
(D) F = 3600N
4. A uniform circular disc of radius ‘R’ is rolling without slipping on a R

rough horizontal surface with a constant acceleration ‘a’. Then the
radius of curvature of trajectory of point ‘A’ of the disc relative to the
ground at the given instant as shown in the figure is
a v
 A

(A) 4R
(B) 2 2R
(C) 2R
(D) 2R
5. A uniform plank of weight W and length 3R lies in a R

smooth circular trough of radius R , as shown in Figure. At θ
one end of the plank is a weight W/2. Find the possible
values of angle  at which the plank lies when it is in
equilibrium.
(A)  = 30
(B)  = 0
(C)  = 25
(D)  = 15
6. A particle of weight W rests on a rough inclined plane that makes an

angle  with the horizontal, as shown in Figure . If the coefficient of
static friction µ = 2 tan ). A horizontal force H is acting transverse to
the slope of the plane (see figure ) H
(A) If H = 2 3 W sin  the particle will move on the incline plane.

(B) If H = 0.5W sin  the particle will move on the incline plane.
(C) If H = 3 W sin  the direction  in which the block goes, relative to H is 30.
(D) If H = 0.5W sin  the direction  in which the block goes, relative to H is 60.
7. A perfectly elastic particle is projected with velocity v at an elevation

. A smooth plane passes through the point of projection and is
inclined at an angle  to the horizontal. The particle will return to the θ α
point of projection provided cot  cot(  ) is :
(A) 2
(B) 2.5
(C) 3
(D) 4
8. If a particle of mass m collides elastically with one of mass M at rest, and if the former is scattered
at an angle  and the latter moves at an angle  with respect to the line of motion of the incident
particle, then which of the following combinations are possible:
(A)  = 30,  = 0, m = 1kg, M = 1kg
(B)  = 60,  = 0, m = 3kg, M = 3kg
(C)  = 45,  = 45, m = 2kg, M = 2kg
(D)  = 60,  = 45, m = 1kg, M =√3kg
9. A locomotive engine, of mass M=1kg, has two pairs of wheels, of radius a = 0.25m, the moment
33
of inertia of each pair about its axis being Mk2; and the engine exerts a torque L = Nm on the
17
forward axle. If both pairs of wheels commence to roll without sliding when the engine starts and
F is the friction between each of the front wheels and the line capable of being called into action.
If k = 1, the values of F (in newton) can be:
(A) 1
(B) 1.5
(C) 2.5
(D) 3
10. A ball ‘A’ of mass M = 4 kg is suspended by a vertical string. Another ball

‘B’ of mass m = 1 kg moving with a velocity u = 5.8 m/s at an angle  = 53
from vertical collides elastically with the ball ‘A’ as shown. Then choose
B
53
m u
M
A
(A) The velocity of ball ‘A’ just after collision is 2 m/s
(B) The velocity of ball ‘B’ just after collision is 4.2 m/s
(C) The velocity of ball ‘B’ just after collision is 2.5 m/s
(D) The impulse on the ball ‘A’ due to tension in the string is 6 N-s
11. A block of mass m = 1 kg is attached to one end of an ideal string

whose other end is wound over a solid cylinder of mass M = 8 kg
and radius R = 10 cm as shown when the cylinder rolls without M, R
slipping down the rough inclined plane of inclination  = 30, the
block moves vertically upward. Then choose the correct option(s). rough m
(g = 10 m/s2)
 = 30
2
(A) The acceleration of block is 2.5 m/s
(B) The acceleration of block is 5 m/s2
(C) The tension in the string is 12.5 N
(D) The frictional force acting on the cylinder is 17.5 N
12. Consider a right solid cone, whose height is h and the radius of whose base is a.
(A) The moment of inertia of cone about its slant height is


3Ma2 6h2  a2 

20 h2  a2 
(B) The moment of inertia of cone about an axis passing through its centre of gravity and
perpendicular to its axis.


3M h2  4a2  .
80
3Ma2
(C) The moment of inertia of cone about its axis is .
10
(D) The moment of inertia of cone about any axis passing through the centre of circular base
and lying in the plane of the circle is same.
SECTION – C
This section contains 06 questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For each
question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded‐off to the second
decimal place; e.g. XXXXX.XX).
13. A light elastic string of natural length 2m has one end, A, A

fixed and the other, B, attached to one end of a uniform Slackened
rod BC of length 2m and mass m = 3  2 2 kg . This can Elastic
thread
turn freely in a vertical plane about its other end C, which 2m
is fixed at a distance 2m vertically below A. Initially the rod
is vertical, and, on being slightly displaced, falls until it is
horizontal, and then rises again. Find the elastic constant
of string in N/m .(take g = 10m/s2) C B
2m
14. Three identical smooth spheres each of mass m

3 3
= kg on a smooth horizontal plane are in contact
2
with one another, and are kept together by an endless THREAD
string in the plane of their centers, just fitting them;
when a fourth identical sphere is placed on them, the
k
tension in the string is newton, then find the value
2
of k. (Take g= 10m/s2).
TOP VIEW
15. Over a smooth light pulley is passed a string supporting at one end a
weight of mass 4 kg. At the other end of the string is a pulley of mass 1 kg.
Two masses of 2 kg and 3 kg are suspended on either side of the 1kg
pulley as shown in figure. The acceleration of the 4 kg mass is ng/49. Find
1kg
n. 4kg
2kg 3kg
16. A smooth hemisphere, of mass M = 4kg and radius a = 2m,

is placed with its plane base on a smooth table. A rod, of Fixed
Vertical
mass m = 2kg is constrained to move in a vertical line with Guide
one end P on the curved Surface of the hemisphere. Find
m
the angular speed (in rad/s) of point P with respect to centre
O of the hemisphere when OP makes an angle  = 60 with
the vertical. Initially the rod was at the topmost point of the P
hemisphere.
θ
M
17. Pin P is attached to BC and slides freely in the slot of OA. B

Determine the rate of change d/dt (in rad/s) of the angle
 at the instant when h = 4 m,  = 600, and  = 300,
knowing that BC moves at a constant speed v 0 = 5 m/s. vo
A
P
h
θ
O
C
18. Two identical small balls A and B each of mass m u

connected by a light inextensible string of length
 = 67.5 cm are placed on a smooth horizontal A B
surface. With what minimum velocity u (in m/s) should
the ball B be projected vertically upwards so that the
ball A leaves the horizontal surface? (g = 10 m/s2)
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 1
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. mg(r  Rsin ) = MgR sin 

mr = (M + m)R sin
mr 1
sin   
(M  m)R 2
  = 30
2. B
Sol. (N1 + N2) cos 30 = mg cos  N2

N1 30
2 30
N1 + N2 = mgcos  …(i)
3
(N2  N1) cos 60 = mg sin  60
60
60
N2  N1 = 2 mg sin  …(ii) N1
Solving (i) and (ii), we get N3 θ
mg
N2  (cos   3 sin ) …(iii) N2
3
mg
N1  (cos   3 sin ) …(iv)
3
Also, N1 cos 60 = mg sin 
N1 = 2mg sin  …(v)
From (iv) and (v),
mg
2mgsin   (cos   3 sin )
3
2 3 sin   cos   3 sin 
 3 3 sin   cos 
 1 
  tan1  
3 3 
3. A
10
Sol. a1(max)  g( cos   sin )  m/s2 (where  = 0.5 and 0 = 0.33)
13
F  (m1 + m2) g(sin  + 0 cos ) = (m1 + m2) a1(max)
 F = 2000 N
4. B
Sol. velocity of point ‘A’ v A  v 2  2R2  v 2

Normal acceleration of point A, 2
R A 45
a A (n)  2Rcos 45  R cos 45  acos 45 C
a
 45
2R v2 a
45 45
a A(n)  
2 2R v2
 radius of curvature of trajectory of point ‘A’ relative to the R
ground is
(v )2 (v 2 )2
r A   2 2R
aA(n) v2
2R
5. A
Sol.  = 30
6. A, C
Sol. fs(max)  N  2 tan   W cos   2W sin 
Hmin  (2W sin  )2  (W sin  )2  3W sin 

Hmin = √3W sin ,  = 30°
7. A, C, D
Sol. The velocity parallel to the plane is unaltered by the impacts, so that the distance described
parallel to the plane will be zero at the end of a time t given by :
 gsin   t2
0  vt cos      
2
2v cos     
 t
gsin 
Also, since the elasticity is perfect, the velocity perpendicular to the plane is just reversed at each
impact. The time of flight for each trajectory is thus twice the time in which the velocity vsin (  )
2v sin     
is destroyed by g cos , and thus t =
gcos 
Clearly the particle will return to the point of projection if the first of these is some multiple, n, of
the second, i.e. if
2v cos      2v sin     
n
gsin  cos 
i.e. if cot  . cot (  ) is an integer.
8. C, D
m sin  2   
Sol. 
M sin 
9. C, D
Sol. F must be not less than


L k 2  a2  =2 N
2a  2k 2
a 2

Let F be the friction on each of the front wheel in the forward direction, and F 1 the friction
backward , on each of the hind wheel . Then :
d2  d2  d2 
Mk 2  L  2Fa ; Mk 2  2F1a and Ma  2F  2F1
dt 2 dt 2 dt 2
Solving we get, F=
  = 2N
L k 2  a2
2a  2k  a 2 2
L k  a  2 2
F must be not less than =2N

2a  2k  a  2 2
10. A, B, D
Sol. Using conservation of momentum along horizontal direction
mu sin 53 = mv1 sin 53 + Mv2
4 4
u  v1  4v 2
5 5
5v2  v1 = u …(i) v1 B 53
v 2 cos37  v1 A
 e 1 m u v2
u 37
0.8 v2 + v1 = u …(ii) M 53
Solving (i) and (ii), we get
5.8 v2 = 2u
2u
 v2   2 m/s
5.8
 v1 = 5v2  u = 5  2  5.8 = 4.2 m/s
 Ndt  m(v  u)  10 N  s
1
3 3
 Tdt   Ncos53dt  5  Ndt  5  10  6 N-s
11. A, C, D
Sol. Mg sin   T  f S = Ma …(i)

N T
MR2
f SR  TR = 
2 fS T

Ma a m
fs  T  …(ii) 2a
2 Mg sin  Mg cos 
T  mg = 2ma  = 30
2T  2mg = 4ma …(iii)
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
 3M 
Mgsin   2mg    4m  a
 2 
 
 Msin   2m  20 5
 a g   m/s2
 3M 16 4
 4m 
 2 
 T = m(g + 2a) = 1(10 + 5/2) = 12.5 N
Ma 8 5
 fS = T   12.5  
2 2 4
 f S = 17.5 N
12. A, B, C, D
Sol. Use the definition of moment of Inertia.
SECTION – C
13. 00005.00
Sol. Apply work energy theorem

k 2
 
mg  2 2  2  0 => k=5
2
14. 00005.00
Sol. Draw the F.B.D. of the sphere at the top.
15. 00009.00
Sol. Let f 1 be the acceleration upwards of the 4 kg and therefore of the 1 kg. pulley downwards. Let f 2
and f 3 be the accelerations of the 2 and 3 kg (both measured downwards). Let T, T1 be the
tensions of the upper and lower strings. Then
T – 4g = 4f1
2T1 –T + g=1.f1
2g - T1 = 2f 2
3g - T1 = 3f 3
f 2 + f 3 = 2f 1
9g
From the above equations => f1 
49
16. 00002.00
Sol. v1 cos  = v2 sin 

v1 = v2 tan  Fixed
Vertical
v1  v 2 3 (given  = 60) Guide
Now using conservation of energy m

1 1 v1
mga(1  cos )  mv12  Mv 22
2 2 P
 2ga  2v12  4v 22 θ
40  6v 22  4v 22 v2 M
 10v 22  40 O
 v2 = 2 m/s
 v1  2 3 m/s
v1 sin   v 2 cos 
  2 rad/s
a
17. 00002.50
Sol. v0 = h sin 
v0 2v0
= =  2.50 rad/s
hsin h
18. 00004.50
Sol. When the ball A leaves the horizontal surface B

v
T = mg ….(i)
m(2v)2 T + mg
T + mg =

2
4mv
2mg 

g
v …(ii) T
2
Now, using Conservation of Energy A v
1 1
mu2  2  mv 2  mg
2 2
2 2 mg
u = 2v + 2g
u2 = g + 2g
 umin  3g  3  10  0.675  4.50 m/s
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019


Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the four option(s) is (are) chosen.
both of which are correct options.
correct option.
Section-A (09 – 12, 27 – 30, 45 – 48) contains 6 List-Match sets with 12 questions (each set has 2
questions). Each question has 4 statements in LIST-I & 5 or 6 statements in LIST-II. The codes for
Lists have choices (A), (B), (C), (D) out of which only one is correct.
for wrong answer.
2. Section-C (13 – 18, 31 – 36, 49 – 54) contains 18 Numerical answer type questions with answer
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1 A force F(x, y, z) = Fx î  Fy ˆj  Fz kˆ is conservative if, and only if, the following relations are
satisfied:
Fx Fy
(A) 
y x
Fy Fz
(B) 
z y
Fz Fx
(C) 
x z
(D) Work done by the force on any closed path is zero.
2. The two endpoints of an 8 m long weightless thread are fixed at the same height at a distance of
4 m. An object of mass 10 kg is hung onto the thread and can move without friction. A horizontal
force of magnitude F is exerted on the object to keep it at rest on the thread exactly below one of
the endpoints of the thread? If F is removed, the object has an initial acceleration ‘a’ and
eventually acquires a maximum speed v max.
(A) F = 50N
(B) a = 4m/s2
(C) v max  20 2 3  3   m/s
(D) The radius of curvature of path traced by the particle after removal of F will first decrease
and then increase.
3. Three balls of mass m1, m2 and m3 can slide without friction along a horizontal rod. (There are
holes in the balls.) At a certain moment the middle ball is given an initial speed of v0 = 5 m/s
towards the right. If all collisions are totally elastic pick the correct statement/s .
v0
m1 m2 m3
(A) For any value of m 1, m2 and m3 there can be at most 2 collisions.

(B) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then for any value of v0 there will be 2 collisions.
(C) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then the final speed of m 3 will be 2.5 m/s.
(D) If m1 = 4m, m2 = m and m3 = 3m then the final speed of m 2 will be 1.5 m/s.
4. The rotation of rod OA about O is defined by the relation

 
   4t 2  8t , where  and t are expressed in radians and
r
seconds, respectively. Collar B slides along the rod so that its
distance from O is r = 10 + 6 sint , where r and t are expressed in

metres and seconds, respectively. When t = 1 s, O
(A) The speed of the collar in radial direction is 6 m/s.
(B) The speed of the collar in tangential direction is 80 m/s

(C) The speed of the collar in radial direction is zero.
(D) The speed of the collar in tangential direction is zero.
5. A perfectly rough cylindrical grindstone, of radius a = 1m, is rotating with

a uniform angular acceleration about its axis, which is horizontal. If a
sphere in contact with its edge can remain with its centre at rest, The

angular acceleration of the grindstone ( in rad/s2) can be
2
(take g = 10m/s ) (There is no slipping between the sphere and the a
cylindrical grindstone) b
(A) 15
(B) 20
(C) 25
(D) 30
6. A train is travelling at a speed of v 0. Then it decelerates uniformly during a time of t to finally stop.
In one of the wagons there is a small object on the floor. The wagon long enough, so that the
object does not collide with any of the walls of the wagon.  is the distance covered by the object
on the floor (with respect to train) ,  is the coefficient of friction between the floor of the wagon
and the object.
v
(A) If 0  g,   0
t
v0 v2 gt 2
(B) If  g,   0 
t 4 g 4
v0
(C) If  g,   0
t
v0 v2 v t
(D) If  g,   0  0
t 2g 2
7. A particle is projected from a given point with a given velocity v = 10 m/s and after hitting a
smooth vertical wall returns to the point from which it started. The distance of the initial point from
the wall can be: (Take g = 10m/s2) :
(A) 3m
(B) 4m
(C) 4.5 m
(D) 6m
8. A long thin uniform rod lies flat on the table as shown. One end of the
rod is slowly pulled up by a force that remains perpendicular to the rod
at all times. The rod is to be brought to the vertical position without any
slipping of the bottom end? The coefficient of static friction between rod
and ground can be:
(A) 0.2
(B) 0.3
(C) 0.4
(D) 0.5

This section contains TWO (02) List-Match Sets. Each List-Match set has TWO(02) Multiple Choice
Questions. Each List-Match set has two lists: List-I and List-II. List-I has Four entries (I), (II), (III) and
(IV) and List-II has Six entries (P), (Q), (R), (S), (T) and (U). FOUR options are given in each Multiple
Choice Question based On List-I and List-II and ONLY ONE of these four options satisfies the condition
asked in the Multiple Choice Question.
Answer the following by appropriately matching the list based on the information given in the
paragraph.
A mass of 1 kg is supported by a cord 5 m long fastened to a (25/3) m

massless ring free to move on a horizontal rod , as shown in
Figure. The coefficient of static friction between the ring and the
rod is 0.75. A second cord is fastened to the weight and passes θ
over a pulley fastened to the rod (25/3) m to the left of the ring. 5m
Block A of mass m is attached to the other end of this cord.
A m
List-I List-II
(I) Tension in the sting connected to block A in (P) 6
Newton .
(II) Tension in the 5m cord in Newton. (Q) 8
(III) The value of  is /k radians , what can be (R) 2
the possible value/s of k.
(IV) Acceleration of block A(in m/s2). (S) 0
(T) 4
(U) 12
9. If mass m is such that the ring just begins to slip. The correct match will be,
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  T, IV  S
(C) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(D) I  U, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
10. The value of m was initially chosen so that the ring just began to slide. Now , the ring is welded to
the rod and mass of block A is increased to 5m , holding the 1kg mass . Immediately after the
system is realeased then the correct match will be,
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  T
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  T, IV  U
(C) I  T, II  U, III  R, IV  Q
(D) I  U, II  Q, III  R, IV  P
Answer the following by appropriately matching the list based on the information given in the
paragraph.
A solid body of mass m and radius ‘R’ is placed on a rough F

horizontal surface. When a horizontal force ‘F’ is applied to the h a
body at a height ‘h’ above the centre level, the body starts rolling 
without slipping on the horizontal surface as shown.
List –I gives the four different shapes of the given solid body and corresponding values of F and h
while List –II gives the magnitude of some quantities.
List-I List-II
R
(I) For a ring, F = 2mg, h  (P) 1
2
3R 1
(II) For a disc, F = mg, h  (Q)
4 3
5mg R 7
(III) For a hollow sphere, F  , h (R)
8 3 9
mg 3R 8
(IV) For a solid sphere, F  , h (S)
2 5 21
1
(T)
4
1
(U)
7
11. If acceleration of the ring is ‘a0’ then the acceleration of the different shapes of the body in a0 units
will be
Options
(A) I  P, II  R, III  Q, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  U
(C) I  P, II  T, III  R, IV  S
(D) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  U
12. If frictional force acting on the ring is ‘f 0’ then the frictional force acting on the different shapes of
the body in ‘f 0’ units will be
Options
(A) I  P, II  Q, III  R, IV  S
(B) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  U
(C) I  P, II  Q, III  T, IV  U
(D) I  T, II  Q, III  R, IV  U
SECTION – C
13. A mass of m = 1kg moves initially with a velocity of v0  10 15 m/s. A constant power P = 1000
Watt is applied so as to increase its velocity. Find the time (in sec) that elapses before the
acceleration is reduced to half of its original value.
14. A plank, of mass M = 1kg and length  = 7.2 m, is initially at rest

along a line of greatest slope of a smooth plane inclined at an angle
 = 30 to the horizontal, and a man, of mass M0 = 1kg, starting from
the upper end walks down the plank so that it does not move. Find
the time(in seconds) in which he gets to the other end of the plank .

15. A rod of length  = 2m is maintained to rotate with a constant

angular velocity  = 1 rad/s about a vertical axis passing through S
one end (fig). There is a spring of spring constant k = 1 N/m which
just encloses rod inside it in natural length. One end of the spring
is attached to axis of rotation. S is a sleeve of mass m = 0.4kg
which can just fit on the rod. All surfaces are smooth. With what
minimum kinetic energy (in J) sleeve should be projected so that it
enters on the rod without impulse and completely compresses the
spring.
16. A wedge of mass M = 10 kg and inclination  = 30 is free to m

move on a smooth horizontal plane. A uniform solid cylinder
of mass m = 20 kg is placed on the rough inclined face of the
2
wedge. Find the acceleration (in m/s ) of the centre of the M
cylinder relative to the wedge down the face. There is no

slipping between the cylinder and the wedge.
17. Rope is coiled round a drum of radius a = 1.5 m. Two wheels each of radius b = 2 m are fitted to
the ends of the drum, and the wheels and drum form a rigid body having a common axis. The
system stands on the rough horizontal surface and a free end of the rope, after passing under the
drum, is inclined at an angle of 60o to the horizontal. If a force P = 10 N be applied to the rope,
find the magnitude of acceleration (in m/s2) of centre of drum. Where mass of the system is 0.25
kg and its radius of gyration about the axis is k = 2 m.
P
0
60
a
Front view b
Side view
18. At what speed (in m/s) must a pebble be thrown from a height of h = 3.6m, and at an angle of 30o,
measured from the horizontal, if it is to hit the ground at an angle of 45o. (Air drag can be
neglected.) (Take g = 10 m/s2)
FIITJEE
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2020
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 10-11-2019

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, C, D
Sol. By definition
2. A, C
Sol. To find F draw the F.B.D. of the mass. Then apply work energy theorem to get maximum speed.
3. B, C, D
Sol. The number of collisions will be dependent on the masses of the three objects. If m1 = 4m,
m2 = m and m3 = 3m then m1 finally moves to left with 1 m/s, m2 with speed 1.5 m/s and m3 to
right side with speed 2.5 m/s.
4. A, D
Sol. Write the co-ordinates of the collar and differentiate w.r.t. time to get velocity of collar.
5. A, B, C
Sol. Let the line joining the centres of sphere and grindstone be inclined at  to the vertical, and let R,
F be the normal reaction and friction. The sphere remains at rest if:
R = Mg cos  and F=Mg sin 
AITS-PT-I (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20 2
2Mb2 d2  bd2  5gsin 

Also : 2
 Fb  Mgb sin   
5 dt dt 2 2
5gsin 
and bd2/dt2 = acceleration of point of contact = a, therefore   , so that  must not
2a
exceed 5g/2a.
6. A, D
v0
Sol. If a   g , then the distance covered by the object relative to train
t
1 (a  g)2 t 2
 (a  g)t 2 
2 2g
v0t 1 (v  gt)2
=  gt 2  0
2 2 2g
v 20 v t
  0
2g 2
v 20 v t
If the wagon long enough, distance moved by the small body relative to train is  =  0
2g 2
7. A, B, C
Sol. Let  be the inclination of the direction of projection to the horizontal, and x the distance from the
wall to the point of projection, so that the time to the wall = x/vcos. After the impact the horizontal
velocity is evcos, so that the particle will be vertically over the starting point again in time
x/evcos from the impact .(e is the coefficient of restitution)
The vertical velocity is unaltered by the impact, so that the particle will be on the same vertical
level as the point of projection in time 2Vsin/g .
The particle will therefore return to the point of projection if
2v sin  x x
 
g v cos  ev cos 
 e  v 2 sin2
 x 
 1 e  g
v2e
Now the greatest value of sin 2 is unity, so that the greatest value of x is , where e is
g  e  1
the coefficient of restitution. Since 0  e  1  x  5
8. C, D
Sol. Since the rod is raised slowly (quasi-statically), the entire F cos 
F
system remains in equilibrium at any moment of time. Thus,
the torque about the point of rotation of the rod is zero about F sin 
any axis, and the net external forces are 0.
mg cos  mgcos 
  F  0F N
2 2 
N = mg – F cos , fs = F sin   mg
fs

3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20
The F sin  force causes the rod’s bottom end to slip in one direction. The friction force counters
this force to stop the slipping, fs  sN
sN  F sin . Hence,
F sin  sin  cos 
s  
mg  Fcos  2  cos 2 
Maximum of µs can be found by setting its derivative with respect to theta equal to zero:
d  2  cos   2cos   1  2cos  1  cos  
2 2 2 2
1 2
 2
 0 This gives sin   and min 
d  2  cos  
2
3 4
9. A
Sol. T2 T2 cos 2 N
T1 cos 1
T2 sin 2 T1 sin 1 T1 sin 1 N

10m T1 cos 1
10
F.B.D. of m F.B.D of ring
F.B.D. of 1 kg
For ring 25/3
N = T1 cos 1 P R
3
N  T1 sin 1
4
tan 1 = 3/4  1 = 37
from geometry of triangle 2 = 53 53 37 5
  = 90
A
For 1 kg block For m
T1 sin 1 = T2 sin 2  3T1 = 4T2 T2 = 10 m = 6
T2 cos 2 + T1 cos 1 = 10 6
m kg = 0.6 kg
 T2 = 6 N, T1 = 8 N 10
10. D
Sol. For 1 kg block For Block A

T1 = 8 N 5mg  T2 = 5ma
T2  6 = a ….(i) 30  T2 = 3a …(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii), we get
2
a = 6 m/s
 T2 = 6 + a = 6 + 6 = 12 N
11. A
12. C
Sol. (for Q.11-12) F
 ICM  h a
If h > h0  where h0   
 mR 
fS
F + f S = ma …(i)
Fh  fSR = ICM
Fh I a
 fs  cm2 …(ii)
R R
From (i) and (ii)
 h  I 
F  1    ma  1  CM2 
 R  mR 
 h
F 1  
 R 
a
 ICM 
m 1  2 
 mR 
f S = ma  F
If h < h0 F
F  f S = ma …(i) h a
Fh + f SR = ICM 
Fh I a fS
 fs  cm2 …(ii)
R R
From (i) and (ii)
 h  I 
F  1    ma  1  CM2 
 R  mR 
 h
F 1  
 R 
a
 ICM 
m 1  2 
 mR 
f S = F  ma
For a ring,
F = 2mg, h = R/2
3g mg
a0  , f0  fS  F  ma 
2 2
3g mg
a0  , f0 
2 2
For a disc,
F = mg, h = 3R/4
 3
mg  1  
 4  7g 2 7g
a   
3 4 3 6
m
2
7mg mg
f S = ma  F =  mg 
6 6
7a0 f0
a , fS 
9 3
For a hollow sphere,
5mg R
F= ,h 
8 3
5mg 4

a 8 3  g  a = a /3
0
5 2
m
3
5 AITS-PT-I (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/20
5mg mg mg f0
f S = F  ma =   
8 2 8 4
f S = f 0/4
For a solid sphere
F = mg/2, h = 3R/5
mg 8

4g 8
a 2 5   a0
7 7 21
m
5
f S = ma  F
4mg mg mg
fS   
7 2 14
8a0 f0
a , fS 
21 7
SECTION – C
13. 00002.25
dv
Sol. m v  P = constant
dt
When acceleration reduces to half value its speed becomes doubled i.e. v = 2v 0
1

Pt  m v 2  v 20
2

1

Pt  m 4v 02  v 02
2

3mv 20 3  1 100  15
t  = 2.25 sec.
2P 2  1000
14. 00001.20
Sol. M0g sin + fs = M0a …(i)

fs = Mg sin …(ii)
(M  M)gsin 
a 0
M0
2M0 
The time in which he gets to the other end of the plank is
M  M0  gsin 
15. 00003.60
Sol. For entering without jerk v2 =  = 2 m/s v2
Using work energy theorem on sleeve after entering in the frame of

v1
rod. Top View
W spring + W centrifugal = K
1 1 1
 k2  m2 2  0  mv 12
2 2 2
1 1 2 1
 mv1  k  m 2  2
2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1
Now K 
2
 2 2

m v12  v 22  k2  m 2  2  m 2  2
2
= 2 + 1.6 = 3.6 Joule
16. 00005.00
Sol. When the wedge has moved through a distance y, let the point of contact of cylinder have moved
down the plane through x (with respect to wedge). Let F be the friction between the cylinder and
the plane.
Since there is no horizontal force on (wedge + cylinder system)
d2 y  d2 y d2 x 
M 2  m  2  cos  2   0 …(1)
dt  dt dt 

 d2 y d2 x  ma d2 x ma2 d2 
Also, m  2 cos   2   F  mgsin  and   Fa , so that
 dt dt  2 dt 2 2 dt 2

d2 y  d2 x 
2 cos   3  2   2gsin  …(2)
dt 2  dt 
Equation (1) and (2) implies acceleration of the centre of the cylinder down the face, and relative
2gsin  M  m 
to the wedge, is = 5 m/s2.
3M  m  2m sin2 
17. 00005.00
Sol. Assume that the drum rolls away from the force P, so that P
the friction F is away from P. Then : 600
d2  d2  d2 x a
Mk 2 2  Pa  Fb and Mb 2  M 2  F  P cos 60
dt dt dt b
2

M k 2  b2  ddt   P a  b2 
2
fS Side view
d2 
 0.25  8  10(1.5  1)
dt 2
d2  2
 2
 2.5 rad/s
dt
d2 
And the required acceleration = b 2
= 2  2.5 = 5 m/s2
dt
18. 00012.00
Sol. v0cos 30 = v cos 45

3
 v  v0
2
Now using conservation of energy
1
m(v 2  v 20 )  mgh
2
3v 20 v2
 v 02  2gh  0  2gh
2 2
 v 0  4gh  4  10  3.6  12 m/s
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 16-12-2018
 Each Part is further divided into Three Sections: Section-A, Section-B & Section-C.
Section–A (01 – 10, 21 – 30, 41 – 50) contains 30 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 marks
for wrong answer.
Section–B (11 – 12, 31 – 32, 51 – 52) contains 6 Match the following Type questions. Each
question having 4 statements in Column I & 5 statements in Column II with any given statement
in Column I having correct matching with 1 or more statement (s) given in Column II. Each
statement carries +2 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
Section–C (13 – 20, 33 – 40, 53 – 60) contains 24 Numerical based questions with answers as
numerical value from 0 to 9 and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no
negative marking.
AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One OR More Than One Choice Type)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D)
for its answer, out of which only one or more than one is/are correct
1. Two spherical planets P and Q have the same uniform density , masses MP and MQ and
surface areas A and 4A respectively. A spherical planet R also has uniform density  and its
mass is (MP + MQ). The escape velocities from the planets P, Q and R are v P, vQ and vR
respectively. Then
(A) vQ > vR > v P
(B) vR > vQ > v P
vR
(C) 3
vP
vP 1
(D) 
vQ 2
2. Two identical blocks are floating once in water (case-I) and once in mercury container (case –II).
They are floating very near to each other. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) In case –I, both blocks get attracted to each other.
(B) In case –I, both blocks get repelled from each other.
(C) In case –II, both blocks get attracted to each other.
(D) In case –II, both blocks get repelled from each other.
3. The pitch of a screw gauge is 0.5 mm and there are 100 divisions on it’s circular scale. The
instrument reads 2 circular divisions when nothing is put in between its jaws. In measuring the
diameter of a wire, there are 8 divisions on the main scale and 83rd division coincides with the
reference line. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) Screw gauge is having zero error of 0.01 mm.
(B) Screw gauge is having zero error of 0.49 mm.
(C) Diameter of the wire is 4.405 mm.
(D) Diameter of the wire is 4.425 mm.
4. Heavy stable nucleus have more neutrons than protons. This is because of the fact that
(A) neutrons are heavier than protons.
(B) electrostatic force between protons are repulsive.
(C) neutrons decay into protons through beta decay.
(D) nuclear forces between neutrons are weaker than that between protons.
5. Two point monochromatic and coherent sources of light of wavelength 

are each placed as shown in the figure. The initial phase difference d
between the sources is zero. If D >>d, select the correct option(s). O
S1 S2
(during the counting exclude fringes at infinity)
D
7
(A) If d  , O will be minima. Screen
2 (planar)
(B) If d = , only one maxima can be observed on screen.
(C) If d = 4.8 , then a total 8 minima would be there on screen.
5
(D) If d  , then intensity at O would be minimum.
2
3 AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
6. Sound of wavelength  passes through a Quincke’s tube, which is adjusted to give a maximum
I
intensity I0. Through what distance should the sliding tube be moved to give an intensity 0 .
2
7
(A)
8
3
(B)
4
(C) /4
(D) /8
7. Assume that the nuclear binding energy per Ebn

nucleon (Ebn) versus mass number (A) is as
8
shown in the figure. Use this plot to choose
the correct choice(s) given below:
(A) Fusion of two nuclei with mass 6
number lying in the range of 1 < A <
50 will release energy. 4
(B) Fusion of two nuclei with mass
numbers lying in the range of 51 < A 2
< 100 will release energy.
(C) Fission of a nucleus lying in the mass 0
range of 100 < A < 200 will release 0 100 200 A
energy when breaks into two equal
fragments.
(D) Fission of a nucleus lying in the mass
range of 200 < A < 260 will release
energy when broken into two equal
fragment.
8. Three identical biconvex lenses of focal length f are aligned with two neighbouring lenses
separated by a distance f as shown in the figure. A small object is located at a distance f/2 in front
of the leftmost lens. Choose the correct option(s).
f/2 f f
(A) The final image formed is real and inverted.
(B) The final image formed is virtual and erect.
(C) The final image is of same size as that of object.
(D) The final image formed is virtual and inverted.
9. Kepler’s law states that

I. the orbit of planets are elliptical with one focus at the sun.
II. A line connecting the sun and a planet sweeps out equal areas in equal times and
III. the square the period of a planet’s orbit is proportional to the cube of its semi-major axis.
1
Which of these laws would remain true if the force of gravity were proportional to 25 , rather than
r
1
?
r2
(A) only I
(B) only II
(C) only I and II
(D) none of these
10. Four classes of students measures the height of a building. Each class uses a different method
and each measures the height many different times. The data for each class are plotted below.
Which class made the most PRECISE measurement?
No. of trials
Known height
30
20
(A) 10
0 10 20 30 40 50
Height (m)
No. of trials
Known height
30
20
(B) 10
0 10 20 30 40 50
Height (m)
No. of trials
Known height
30
20
(C) 10
0 10 20 30 40 50
Height (m)
No. of trials
Known height
30
20
(D) 10
0 10 20 30 40 50
Height (m)
SECTION - B
Matrix – Match Type
This section contains 2 questions. Each question contains statements given in two columns, which have
to be matched. The statements in Column I are labelled A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II
are labelled p, q, r, s and t. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE OR
MORE statement(s) in Column II.
11. Column –I contains four different YDSE systems and Column –II contains intensity measured at
some points on the screen. Do the correct match(es) in Column-I and Column –II. (CP1 = 0.3 mm
and CP2 = 1.2 mm)
Column I Column II
y
P2
P1
C
d = 1 mm
(A) d D=1m (p) IC = 4I0
Intensity at each slit = I0
D
 = 4000 Å in air
y
P2
d = 1 mm
P1
C
D=1m
(B) d Intensity at each slit = I0 and (q) IP1  2I0
w = 4/3 no absorption of light by
D
water (w = 4/3)
 = 4000 Å in air
y
Glass
P2 d = 1 mm
film D=1m
P1
C Film thickness t = 0.8 m
(C) d refractive index of film = 3/2 (r) IP1  4I0
Intensity at each slit = I0 and
D
no absorption of light by
glass
 = 4000 Å in air
y
P2
P1
C
d = 1 mm
104 rad =  d IP1  0
(D) D=1m (s)
Intensity at each slit = I0
D
 = 4000 Å in air
(t) IP2  2I0
12. Column-I contains some systems having a solid body and fluid. Column-II contains some physical
quantities for the systems in column-I. Match column- II with column-I.
Column I Column II
A solid sphere of radius
Atmospheric pressure = P0 R is tied inside a non-
viscous liquid and the
R
x system is in equilibrium Fx (force on surface x
y (sphere just touching applied by liquid)
(A) (p) 1
the top surface of the
= P0 R2  R3 g
liquid). x-upper half 3
Density of liquid =  spherical surface y-
Density of solid = () lower half spherical
surface.
Atmospheric pressure = P0
A solid disc of radius R,
2R/3 thickness R/3 is tied Fy (Force on surface y
inside a non-viscous applied by liquid)
(B) R liquid and the system is (q)
x y 5
R/3 in equilibrium x-rim of = P0 R2  R3 g
the disc y-one of the 3
Density of liquid = 
Density of solid = () flat faces of disc.
A solid sphere of radius

Atmospheric pressure = P0 R is moving upward
4R
with a terminal velocity
Force of buoyancy on
R vt inside a viscous
vt 5R/3 sphere or disc
liquid and the beaker is
(C) (r) (FB) – weight of sphere or
x y at rest. x-surface of the
disc (W) is certainly
beaker base just below
Density of liquid =  positive
the sphere y-remaining
Density of solid = () surface of the beaker
base
A solid disc of radius
Atmospheric pressure = P0 2R and height 4R/3 is
x placed inside a liquid,
5R/3 whose lower part is
y partially open to
P0
(D) atmosphere and the (s)  <  (necessarily)
disc is in equilibrium.
3R 2R x-top surface of the
Density of liquid =  disc y-bottom surface
Density of solid = () of the disc which is in
contact with liquid.
(t)  >  (necessarily)
SECTION – C
(One Integer Value Correct Type)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to 9
(both inclusive).
R
13. At a depth h1  from the surface of a planet (radius R = 3000 km), acceleration due to gravity is
2
g1. It’s value changes by g1, when one moves down further by 1 km. At a height h2 above the
surface of the earth acceleration due to gravity is g2. It’s value changes by g2 when moves up
further by 1 km. If g1 = g2 and h2 = d  102 km. Find d. (Assume the planet to be a uniform
sphere of radius R) (Take 21/ 3  1.3 )
14. A massless metal plate is placed on a horizontal tabletop lubricated with oil. The sheet is a
square of side length  = 1.0 m and the oil layer has thickness h = 1.0 mm. Initially one edge of
the sheet coincides with one edge of the table. The sheet is pulled outwards without rotation with
2
a constant force F = 15 N. If coefficient of viscosity of the oil is  = 0.2 N-s/m , how long (in
second) will it take to pull half of the sheet out of the table?
15. Figure shows a cubical block of side 10 cm and relative density 1.5
suspended by a wire of cross sectional area 106 m2. The breaking stress
of the wire is 7  106 N/m2. The block is placed in a beaker of base area
200 cm2 and initially at t = 0, the top surface of water and block coincide. 2 cm3/s
There is a pump at the bottom corner which ejects 2 cm 3 of water per
second. If the wire breaks at t = 10k seconds, find k. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
16. If is found that the spectral line of a certain star periodically becomes a doublet indicating that the
radiation comes actually from two stars revolving about their centre of mass. Assuming the
masses of the stars to be equal, find the distance between them if the maximum splitting of the

spectral lines is equal to  1.2  104 and it occurs every  = 30 days. Give your answer in

terms of d  107 km (approximately) and write d.
17. Find the second longest resonance wavelength (in m) in a string of length  = 6 m for which a
9
point at x = m is an anti-node, where x is distance measured along the length of the string from
4
a fixed end. (string is fixed at both ends)
18. An ideal fluid flows through a pipe of circular cross section of radius r at speed v 0 = 4m/s. Now a
viscous liquid is made to flow through the same pipe at the same volume flow rate (measured in
m3/s). Find the maximum speed of the viscous liquid particle in the pipe in m/s.
19. A string SQ is connected to a long heavier string at Q. y

Linear mass density of the heavier string is 4 times of the
string SQ. Length of SQ is 9.5 cm. Both the strings are
subjected to same tension. A 50 Hz source connected at S
produces transverse disturbance in the string. Wavelength S
9.5 cm Q
of the wave in string SQ is observed to be 1 cm. If the
source is switched on at time t = 0 and the smallest time (in
sec) at which a point in the heavier string would oscillate in
T
phase with the source at S is . Find T.
10
20. A particle of mass m = 9 gm is trapped between two perfectly rigid parallel walls. The particle
bounces back and forth between the walls without losing any energy. From a wave point of view,
the particle trapped between the walls is like a standing wave in stretched string between the
walls. Distance between the two walls is L = 1 m. Calculate the energy difference between third
energy state and the ground state (lowest energy state) of the particle. Answer the energy
difference in C  1065 Joule. (Take Planck’s constant h = 6  1034 J-sec)
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 16-12-2018
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, D
2GM 8
Sol. v esc   GR2
R 3
Given that, 4(4RP2 )  (4 R2Q )  RQ = 2RP
Mass of R is MR = MP + MQ
RR3  RP3  R3Q
So, RR = 91/ 3 RP
So, RR > RQ > RP  vR > vQ > v P
v v 1
Also, R  91/3 and P 
vP vQ 2
2. A, C
Sol.
P0 1
P0
2
P1 < P0 P2 > P0
Case-I Case-II
AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
3. C
0.5
Sol. Least count =  0.005 mm
100
Zero error = 0 + 0.005  2 = 0.01 mm
So, true diameter = 0.5  8 + 0.005  83  0.01 = 4.405 mm
4. B
Sol. Repulsive force between protons forbids heavy nucleus.
5. A, B, D
Sol. x at O = d(path difference is maximum at O)
5 7
So, for d  and , O will be a minimum and for d = , O will be a maximum.
2 2
There would be total 5 minima for d = 4.8 .
6. A, D
I0 I   
Sol.  4 0 cos 2  
2 4  2 
2
and   (2x)

7. B, D
Sol. If two nuclei in the range 51 < A < 100 will fuse then they will produce an element with mass
number above 100 and less than 200 which has more Ebn thus energy is released hence option
(B) is correct.
Similarly a nucleus in the range 200 < A < 260 when broken into two equal fragments then the Ebn
of these fragments will be more than that of the nucleus hence option (D) is correct.
8. A, C
Sol.
Image
Object
f/2 f f f/2
9. B
Sol. The second law is consequence of conservation of angular momentum, which is still true.
10. A
Sol. Accuracy describes how close to the correct or true value a measurement is, while precision in a
measurement of how closely grouped or how well a result can be reproduced of the plots given (A)
demonstrates the closest grouping at data points.
SECTION – B
11. (A)  (p, q); (B)  (p, r); (C)  (p, q); (D)  (s, t)
2 (103 )(3  10 4 ) 3
Sol. (A) P1  
4  10 7 1 2
 3 
P2    (4)  6
 2 
3 AITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/19
So, IC  IP2  4I0 and IP1  2I0

 3  4 
(B) P1      2
 2  3 
P2   2  (4)  8
So, IC  IP1  IP2  4I0
2  3  7
(C) C    1  8  10  2
4  107  2 
3 
P1  2  
2 2
P2 | 2  6  | 4
So, IC  IP2  4I0 and IP1  2I0
2 
(D) C  7
(103 )(104 ) 
4  10 2
 3  
P1    
 2 2
   11
P2   6   
 2 2
So, IC  IP2  2I0 and IP1  0
12. (A)  (p, q, r, s); (B)  (q, t); (C)  (r, s); (D)  (q)
1 3
Sol. (A) From free body diagram of the liquid above the sphere, Fx  P0 R2  R g
3
4
Force of buoyancy on the sphere = R3 g
3
5 3
So, Fy  P0 R2  R g
3
1 3
(B) Force of buoyancy on the disc Fx  R g
3
5 3
Fy  P0 R2  R g
3
(C) From the free body diagram of the liquid in the container Fx and Fy are different with option (p)
and (q)
 R 4
(D) Fx   P0  g  4 R2  4P0R2  gR 3
 3  3
 5R  2 5
Fy   P0  g  R  P0 R 2  gR3
 3  3
2
Force on the part open to atmosphere = P03R
1 4R
So, FB  gR3  4R2 g  N (N = normal reaction)
3 3

 
16
SECTION – C
13. 9
 h  g
Sol. g1  g  1  1   g1   h1
 R R
R2 2gR 2
and g2  g  g2   h2
(R  h2 )2 (R  h2 )3
given that, g1 = g2
So, h2 = R 21/3  1  900 km
14. 5
Sol. In this case,
v
F   (  x)
h
Fh dx
 v 
(  x) dt x F
3 3
So, t   5 sec
8Fh
15. 2
Sol. Tension in the wire at t = 0 is, T0 = (0.1)3(103)(1.5 1) (10) = 5N
Wire breaks at tension, T = 7  106  106 = 7N
So volume of ejected water = 200 cm 3
So time taken = 100 sec.
16. 3
Sol. One star is approaching, while the other is receding.
cv cv 2v
So,       
c c c
2R
So,  =
c
c c
 2R    3  107 km
 
17. 1
Sol. Possible frequencies which will satisfy condition of both ends rigid
m T
f1  , where  is length of the string
2 
3
and all possible frequencies which will satisfy condition of string of length with one end rigid
8
and one end free
2n  1 T
f2 
 3  
4 
 8 
So, f 1 = f 2  3m  8n = 4
So,  = /6 = 1 m
18. 8
Sol. Volume flow rate of ideal fluid = v 0R2
R
 r2 
Volume flow rate of the viscous fluid = v  1
0 0  R2  2rdr

 R 2 R2  v 0 R2
 v 0 2     v 0 R2
 2 4  2
 v 0  2v 0  8 m/s
19. 2
T
Sol. Speed of wave in the lighter string = (50)(1) = 50 cm/s =

T
Speed of wave in the heavier string   25 cm/s
4
So wavelength in heavier string = 0.5 cm
2
   (9.5 cm)  (9.5)(2)
(1 cm)
A point that will oscillate in phase with S must be ahead in phase by (0.5)(2) with respect to Q. If
x is the distance of this point from Q then,
2
x  (0.5)(2)
0.5 cm
 x = 0.25 cm
9.5 0.25
So time required is   0.2 sec
50 25
20. 4
2L
Sol. The permitted wavelength are  =
n
h h
So, de-Broglie wavelength  d  
p 2mk n
2L h
 
n 2mk n
n2 h2
 kn  (n = 1, 2, 3, ……….)
8mL2
h2 h2
 E3  E1 = (32  12) 2
 2
 4  10 65 J
8mL mL
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 16-12-2018
Section–A (01 – 08, 21 – 28, 41 – 48) contains 24 multiple choice questions which have one or
more correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 marks for wrong
answer.
Section–A (09 – 12, 29 – 32, 49 – 52) contains 12 paragraphs with each having 2 questions with
one or more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2
marks for wrong answer.
Section–C (13 – 20, 33 – 40, 53 – 60) contains 24 Numerical based questions with answers as
negative marking.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One OR More Than One Choice Type)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for
its answer, out of which only one or more than one is/are correct
1. A particle of mass m = 3kg is constrained to move along a straight A P B

line. A and B are two fixed points on the line at a separation of
L =  m. When the particle is at some point P between A and B, it is acted upon by two forces
     
F1  (200 N / m)PA and F2  (100 N / m)PB , where magnitudes of PA and PB are in metre. At
10
time t = 0, the particle is projected from A towards B with speed v = m/s. Then
3

(A) Particle reaches to B at t = sec
30

(B) Particle reaches to B at t = sec
15
200
(C) Oscillation energy of the particle is J
3
100
(D) Oscillation energy of the particle is J
3
2. In the Bohr’s hydrogen atom model, R, V and E represent the radius of the orbit, speed of the
electron and total energy of the electron respectively. Which of the following quantities are
proportional to the quantum number n?
(A) VR
(B) RE
(C) VE1
(D) RE1
3. A ray of light is incident normally on one face 30  60  90 prism
60 P
of refractive index p = 5/3 immersed in water of refractive index
m = 4/3 as shown in the figure.
5 p 1
(A) The exit angle 2 of the ray is sin1   30
8 Q
m 2
 5 
(B) The exit angle 2 of the ray is sin1  
4 3
(C) Total internal reflection at point P ceases if the refractive index of water is increased to
5
n by dissolving some substance.
2 3
(D) Total internal reflection at point P ceases if the refractive index of water is increased to
5
n  by dissolving some substance.
6
4. A beam of electrons striking a copper target I

produces X-rays. Its spectrum is as shown in the
figure. Keeping the voltage same if the copper target
is replaced with a different metal, the cut off
wavelength and characteristic lines of the new
spectrum will change in comparison with old as
(A) Cut off wavelength will remain unchanged. 
min
(B) Both cut off wavelength and characteristic
lines must remain unchanged.
(C) Characteristic lines may be different.
(D) Cut off wavelength will be different while
characteristic lines may remain unchanged.
5. A small hole is punched into the bottom of a rectangular boat, Water

Water
allowing water to enter the boat. As the boat sink into the water, level
level
which of the following graph best shows how the water flow rate outside
inside
through the hole varies with time? Assume that the boat remains
horizontal as it sinks.
Hole
30
litre/minute
Leak rate
20
(A) 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
t(hours)
30
litre/minute
Leak rate
20
(B) 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
t(hours)
30
litre/minute
Leak rate
20
(C) 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
t(hours)
30
litre/minute
Leak rate
20
(D) 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
t(hours)
6. A very large number of small particles forms a spherical cloud. Initially they are at rest, have
uniform mass density per unit volume 0 and occupy a region of radius r0. The cloud collapses
due to gravitation, the particles do not interact with each other in any other way. How much time
passes until the cloud collapse fully?
3
(A)
8G0

(B)
32G0
3
(C)
32G0

(D)
8G0
7. Small amplitude standing waves of wavelength  occur on a string

with tension, T, mass per unit length  and length L. One end of the 
string is fixed and the other end is attached to a ring of mass M that M
slides on a frictionless rod, as shown in the figure above. When
gravity is neglected, which of the following conditions correctly
determines the wavelength? L
 2  2L 
(A)  cot  
M    
 2  2L 
(B)  tan  
M    
2L
(C)  , n  1,2,3,............
n
2L
(D)  , n  1,2,3,............
 1
n  2 
 
8. A beam of light has a small wavelength spread  above a central

wavelength . The beam travels in vacuum until it enters a glass
 vacuum
plate at an angle  relative to the normal to the plate as shown in
the figure. The index of refraction of the glass is given by n(). The
angular spread  of the refracted beam is given by 
d( )
(A)   
d

tan  dn( )
(B)   
n d
sin  
(C)  
sin  
 
(D)  remains constant for different values of  in the range  .
6 3
Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 paragraphs each describing theory, experiment, data etc. Each question has
four options (A), (B), (C) and (D). One or more than one of these four option(s) is(are) correct
Paragraph for Questions 09 & 10
Gaseous products of burning are released into the

atmosphere of temperature Ta through a high chimney
Height of chimney
of cross section A and height h as shown in the figure.
The solid matter is burnt in the furnace which is at Chimney of cross-sectional
temperature TS. due to burning smoke (gas) generation area A
h
rate (volume per unit time) is Q. a  density of air
It can be assume that Ta  temperature of air
 the velocity of the smoke (gas) in the furnace is
negligibly small.
S  density of smoke Air vent
 the density of the smoke (gas) does not differ TS  temperature of smoke
from that air at the same temperature and
pressure.
 the gases can be treated as ideal while in
furnace.
A furnace with chimney
 the pressure of the air changes with height
according to the hydrostatic law. The change of
the density of the air with height is negligible.
 the flow of gases in the chimney follows
Bernoulli’s equation.
 the change of the density of the gas (smoke) is
negligible throughout the chimney.
9. What is the minimum height of the chimney needed in order that chimney functions efficiently, so
that it can release all of the produced smoke(gas) into the atmosphere? Express your answer in
terms of Q, A, g, Ta, a , s and T, where T = TS  Ta
s Ta Q2
(A)
gA 2 T(a  s )
Ta Q2
(B)
2gA 2 T
Q2  s
(C)
2(a  s )A 2 g
Q2 (Ta  T)
(D)
2gA 2 T
10. Assume that two chimneys are built to serve exactly the same purpose. Their cross sections are
identical, but are designed to work in different parts of the world, one in cold regions designed to
work at an average atmospheric temperature of 23C and the other in warm regions, designed
to work at an average atmospheric temperature of 27C. The temperature of the furnace is 327C.
It was calculated that the height of the chimney designed to work in cold regions is 100 m. How
high is the other chimney?
(A) 71.4m
(B) 280 m
(C) 140 m
(D) 100 m
In a hypothetical experiment light is used to levitate a z

Glass
transparent glass hemisphere with radius R and mass hemisphere
m having refractive index n. In the medium outside the
hemisphere, the index of refraction is equal to one. A R
parallel beam of monochromatic laser light is incident g n
uniformly and normally onto the central portion of its
planar surface as shown in figure. The acceleration of
gravity g is vertically downwards. The radius  of the
circular cross section of the laser beam is much smaller Laser beam
than R. Both the glass hemisphere and the laser beam
are axially symmetric with respect to z-axis.
2
The glass hemisphere does not absorb any laser light. Its surface has been coated with a thin layer of
transparent material so that reflections are negligible when light enters and leaves the glass hemisphere.
The optical path traversed by laser light passing through the non-reflecting surface layer is also negligible.
11. Find the laser power P required to balance the weight of the glass hemisphere.
2mgR2 c
(A)
(n  1)2  2
4mgR2 c
(B)
(n  1)2  2
2mgR2 c
(C)
(n2  1) 2
mgR 2c
(D)
(n2  1) 2
12. If the frequency of the laser beam is f, then the number of photons striking the hemisphere per
unit time is
2mgR2 c
(A)
(n  1)2  2hf
4mgR2 c
(B)
(n  1)2  2hf
2mgR2 c
(C)
(n2  1) 2hf
mgR2 c
(D)
(n2  1) 2hf
SECTION – C
(One Integer Value Correct Type)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to 9
(both inclusive).
13. A ray of light is incident parallel to BC at a height h = 3.0 cm A

from BC. Find the height (in cm) above BC at which the
emergent ray leaves the surface AC. It is given that   2
and length BC = 20 cm. Take tan 15 = 0.25.
h
45 45
B C
14. A compound microscope is used to enlarge an object kept at a distance of 3 cm from its
objective. The objective consists of several convex lenses is contact and has a focal length of 2
cm. If a lens of focal length 10 cm is removed from the objective, the eyepiece has to be moved
by x cm to refocus the image. The value of x is
15. Consider a nuclear reaction A + B  C. A nucleus A moving with kinetic energy of 5 MeV collides
with a nucleus B moving with kinetic energy of 3 MeV and forms a nucleus C in excited state.
Find the kinetic energy of nucleus C (in MeV) just after its formation if it is formed in a state with
excitation energy 10.65 MeV. Take masses of nuclei of A, B and C as 25.0, 10.0 and 34.995 amu,
1 amu  930 MeV/c2
16. A small sphere of radius R = 10 cm is arranged to pulsate so that its radius varies in simple
harmonic motion between a range 10.0cm  0.1cm with frequency f = 100 Hz. This produces
3 5
sound waves in the surrounding air of density  =1.6 kg/m and bulk modulus B = 10 Pascal.
225
Find the total acoustic power radiated by the sphere (in watt). (take 3  )
8
2
17. Fresh water flows horizontally from pipe section 1 of cross sectional Ps(P2  P1) (KN/m )
area A1 into pipe section 2 of cross-sectional area A2. Figure gives
a plot of the pressure difference (P2  P1) versus the inverse area
squared A12 that would be expected for a volume flow rate of a
certain value if the waver flow were laminar under all
circumstances. The scale on the vertical axis is set by PS = 100 16 32 A 2 (m4 )
1
KN/m2. For the condition of the figure, what is the volume flow rate
in m3/s? (take 6  2.4 )
18. A plano-convex lens is placed on a plane glass surface. A thin film of air is formed between the
curved surface of the lens and the plane glass plate. The thickness of the air film is zero at the
point of contact and increases as one moves away from the point of contact. In the arrangement
light containing two wavelengths 4000 Å and 4002 Å is allowed to fall normally on the flat face of
the lens. Calculate the minimum distance (in cm) from the point of contact at which the rings will
disappear. Assume that the radius of curvature of the curved surface is 400 cm. (assume
identical intensities for both wavelengths)
19. An optical fiber consists of a cylindrical core of radius R, made of transparent material with
refraction index varying gradually from the value n = n1 on the axis to n = n2 (with 1 < n2 < n1) at a
distance R from the axis, according to the formula
n  n  x   n1 1  2 x2
x x
n0 = 1
n2 n0 = 1 n2
R n1 R n1
O z i O z
Where x is the distance from the core axis and  is a constant. The core is surrounded by a
cladding made of a material with constant refraction index n2. Outside the fibre is air of refractive
index n0. Let Oz be the axis of the fiber, with O – the centre of the fiber end. Given n0 = 1, n1 = 1.5
and n2 = 1.46, R = 25 m. A monochromatic light ray enters the fiber at point O under an incident
angle i = 30, the incident plane being the plane xOz. At each point on the trajectory of the light
in the fiber, the refractive index n and the angle  between the light ray and the Oz axis satisfy the
relationship ncos   C . Find C.
20. Two thin lenses with lens powers D1 and D2 diopter are located at distance L = 25 cm from each
other and their optical axes coincide. This system creates an erect real image of the object,
located at the optical axis closer to lens D1 with the net magnification M1 = 1. If the position of the
two tenses are exchanged, the system again produces an erect real image with the net
magnification M2 = 4. What is the difference between lens powers D = D1 – D2 (in diopter)?
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2019
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 16-12-2018
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, C
   
Sol. ma  200x  100(L  x)
300  1
 a  x 
3  3
So,  = 10 rad/s
10 1
For amplitude,  10 A 2 
3 9
2
 A m
3
T T T 2
So, t AB    , where T  sec
12 4 3 10
1  4  200
and Eosc  (3)(100)    J
2 9 3
2. A, C
n2 Z Z2
Sol. From Bohr’s theory, R  , V and E  2
z n n
3. A, C
Sol. 1 sin 1 = 2 sin 2

60
5 4
sin30  sin 2 60
3 3 60
30
5 1
 2 = sin1   30
8
2
for total internal reflection at P, we use
5
sin60  n
3
5
n
2 3
4. A, C
Sol. Cut off wavelength depends upon the accelerating potential difference so it will remain same and
characteristic lines are dependent upon the energy gap between the energy levels of the
elements. So these may change.
5. A
Sol. Difference in the outer and inner water levels always remains the same. Then the pressure
difference across the hole remains same.
6. C
3
42  r0 
Sol. From Kepler’s law, T 2   
4 2
G r03  
3
7. B
Sol. consider the case for M  0 and M  
8. B
Sol. (1) sin  = n() sin 
dn() d
So, 0 = sin  n( )cos 
d d
sin  1 dn( )
 d   d
cos  n( ) d
tan  dn( )
    
n( ) d
9. B, C
10. C
Sol. (for Q. 9-10)
Applying Bernoulli’s theorem between top and bottom of chimney
1
P  s gh  s v 2  P0 , where v = Q/A
2
1 Q2
So, P  P0  s gh  s 2  P0  a gh
2 A
2
sQ
So, h 
2(a  s )A 2 g
a Ts Ta Q2
For ideal gas,  , So h =
s Ta 2gA 2 T
hW (273  27) (327  23)

 , where hC = 100 m
hC (327  27) (273  23)
So, hw = 140 m
11. B
12. B
Sol. (for Q. 11 to 12)
B
For small , n = 
So,  = (n 1)  
Initial photon momentum per unit time = P/c
Final photon momentum per unit time A
P 2rdr 2P  2  
 2 cos   2   1   rdr
 c c  2 

2P  (n  1)r 2  r  C
= 1   rdr , Because   
c 2 0  2R2  R n 1
P  (n  1)2 
 1  
c 4R2 
mg4R2 c
So, P 
(n  1)2  2
P
No. of photons/time =
hf
SECTION – C
13. 1
Sol. sin 45 =  sin r  r = 30 A
From BQR and CSR
BQ BR 
 45 45
SC RC Q S
P i T
 RC  h 45 i i i 45
 h  3   C
 BR  B M R
i = 45+ r = 75
QM
So,  tan15 , so MR = 12 cm
MR
So, BR = 15 cm and RC = 5 cm
So, h = 1cm
14. 9
1 1 1
Sol. In Ist case:    v 1 = 6 cm
v1 3 2
When one lens is removed, the new focal length of the objective is
1 1 1 1 1
     f = 2.5 cm
f  f f1 2 10
The new position of image is
1 1 1
 
v 2 3 2.5
 v2 = 15 cm
So, shifting = 15  6 = 9 cm
15. 2
Sol. m A c 2  K A  mB c 2  K B  mCc 2  K C  excitation energy
So, K C  2 MeV
16. 9
B
2 2 2
Sol. Intensity at the surface of sphere = 2 f (R) 
B
So, total power = 2 2 f 2 ( R)2  4 R 2

= 8 3 Bf 2R2 ( R)2  9 Watt.
17. 6
1 1  A2 V2 
Sol. P2  P 1 =
2
 
 V12  V22    2 2 2  V22 
2  A1 

1 2 1
 V22 A 22  A1   V22
2 2
From the graph,
1 2 2 300  103 1
V2 A 2  N/m2 and V22  300  103 N/m2
2 16 2
1
So, A 2  m2 and V2  600 m/s
4
So, volume rate Q = A2V2 = 6 m3/s
18. 4
rm2
Sol. For newton’s ring, t 
2R R
For fringe system to disappear completely
 1
2t  m 1   m    2
 2 t
2t 2t 1 rm
So,  
1  2 2
 2  1 1
So, 2t 
12 2
rm2 2  107 1
So, 2 14

2R 16  10 2
 rm = 4  102 m
19. 2
Sol. Refraction at the air and core (at x = 0) interface gives
(1) sin i = n1 sin r
Now for refraction at various parallel interfaces at different x.
 
n1 cos r = n1 sin     = n cos 
2 
sin2 
So, n cos  = n1 1 
n12
9 1
 n12  sin2 i =    2
4 4
20. 3
Sol. Both the lenses must be converging
If x is the distance of object from the first lens
f
So, m1  1 where f 1 is focal length of first lens
f1  x
f2
and m2  where f 2 is focal length of the second lens and L is separation between
 xf1 
f2   L  
 f1  x 
the lenses.
 xf1 
f2   L  
 1 f x  x  f1  L x  f1  f2  L 
So,   1 = 1 
M1 m1m2 f1 f2 f2 f1f2
When the lenses are interchanged, in the above expression only the second term changes
1 L x  f1  f2  L 
So,  1 
M2 f1 f1f2
1 1 1 1
   L     L  D1  D2 
M1 M2  f1 f2 
1 1
So, 1 – = (D1 – D2)
4 4
 D1 – D2 = 3 diopter
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2018-19
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 18-11-2018

Section-A (01– 07, 19 – 25, 37 - 43) contains 21 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 mark
for wrong answer
Partial Marks +1 for each correct option provided no incorrect options is selected.
Section-A (08 – 13, 26 – 31, 44 - 49) contains 18 questions. Each of 2 Tables with 3 Columns and
4 Rows has three questions. Column 1 will be with 4 rows designated (I), (II), (III) and (IV).
Column 2 will be with 4 rows designated (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv). Column 3 will be with 4 rows
designated (P), (Q), (R) and (S).
for wrong answer.
Section-C (14 – 18, 32 – 36, 50 - 54) contains 15 Numerical based questions with answer as
negative marking.
AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(More Than One Correct Type)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for
its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
 Z
1. 
The electric field in the space is given by E  E0 xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ . 
Consider a right circular cylindrical surface whose radius is ‘a’
and height ‘h’, as shown in the figure.
Now choose the correct option(s).
Y
X O
(A) The electric flux through lower circular base is zero.
(B) The electric flux through upper circular top is a2hE0
(C) The electric flux through lateral surface is 2a2hE0
(D) The total electric flux through cylindrical surface is 4a2hE0
Ans. A, B, C
Sol. Let, S1, S2 and S3 be the surface areas of the lower circular base, upper circular top and lateral
surface of the cylinder respectively.
 
1   E.dS  0 …(1)
S1
 
2   E.dS  a2hE0 …(2)
S2
   
3   E.dS  E0  r .dS …(3)
S3 S3
   xiˆ  yjˆ  x2  y 2
 
r .dS  xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ . 
 a   dS 
a
dS
 
Putting this value in equation (3), we have
3  aE0  dS  aE0  2ah  2a 2hE0
S3
  Total flux  1  2  3  3 a2hE0
Second Method
  
 E   3E 0     30E0
0 0
Qen  Total charge enclosed within the cylinder = a2h
3 AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/19
 3 a2h0E0
Q
Total flux = en  3a2hE0
0
2. Consider two current carrying loops in x-y plane, carrying current I1 and I2 respectively as shown
in the figure.
y
D
A C x
B I2
I1
Loop-2
Loop-1
Now consider two arbitrary elementary current elements AB & CD of lengths d 1 and d 2 on the
 
loop-1 and loop-2 respectively. Let dF12 be the force which the current carrying element I2 d 2
 
exerts on the current carrying element I1d 1 & F12 represent the net force on 1st loop by the 2nd

loop, developed due to interaction between current carrying loops. Similarly dF21 be the force
  
which the current carrying element I1 d 1 exerts on the current carrying element I2 d 2 & F21
represent the net force on 2nd loop by the 1st loop, developed due to interaction between current
carrying loops. Choose the correct option(s)
  
(A) dF12  dF21  0
  
(B) dF12  dF21  0
  
(C) F12  F21  0
  
(D) F12  F21  0
Ans. B, C

Sol. dB12  Magnetic field at any point on the elementary element AB due to current carrying element

I2d 2 .
 
 0  I2 d   r12 
dB12  
4  r12 3 

  
  
dF12  I1d 1  dB12  

 0  I1d 1  I2 d 2  r12 
 3
 4  r12
 
The force dF12 will be in the plane of loop and perpendicular to the current carrying element I1d i
(say along p̂12 ).
  

Similarly dF21 

0 I2 d 2  I1d 1  r21  [Say along p̂21 ]
3
4 r21
 p̂12 is not parallel to p̂21 , in general

  
So, dF12  dF21  0
  

But F12 
 0I1I2 
d 1  d 2  r12 
4 L L 3
r12
1 2
  

F21 
 0I1I2 
d 2  d 1  r21 .
4 L L1  r 3
21
 2  
Hence, F12  F21  0
3. Consider an isolated sphere of radius ‘b’, made of a material with permittivity 0 and electrical
conductivity , whose volume charge density varies with time t and is given as
 e  t /  if 0  r  a
 0
 0 if a  r  

Where   0 and 0 < a < b. The spherical layer between radii ‘a’ and ‘b’ is neutral. Then choose

a3 0
(A) The surface charge density at outer surface of sphere is at t   n2.
8b2
(B) The total current in the region 0 < r < a increases with the radius.
(C) The electric field in the region b < r <  is independent of time.
(D) The total current in the region a < r < b is independent of radius.
Ans. B, C, D
 4 3 t / 
 a 0 e  Q0 e t /  if 0ra
Sol. Q t   3
 0 if a r b
4 3
Here Q0  a 0
3
According Gauss’ Law, we can write
 Q0 r e  t / 
 3
if 0  r  a
 40 a
 t / 
Q e
E   0 2 if a  r  b
 40 r
 Q
0
 2
if b  r  
 40 r
Using conservation of charge we can write surface charge density at the outer surface of sphere
as,
Q  Q t Q0
 0
4 b 2

4b2

1  e t /  
1
If t   n2  1  e  n2  ,
2
3
4 3 1 1 a 0
So,   a 0   
3 4b2 2 6b2
J = current density = E
I = current = Jr2
Hence in the region 0  r  a, the volume is source of conduction current while the region a < r <
b has no source of conduction current.
4. The variation of potential along x-axis is shown in the figure. The potential does not vary along
the y-axis or z-axis. Ignore the behaviour at the end points of interval. Now choose the correct
option(s) for given interval –3m < x < 3m.
Vx(in volt)
b
15
e
10
5 c d
X(metre)
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–5
a –10
(A) The greatest absolute value of Ex is 25 V/m.
(B) An electron is released at point (– 1m, 0), it will move along positive x-axis.
(C) A proton is released at point (1.5 m, 0), it will move along positive x-axis.
(D) An electron is released at point (– 2.5 m, 0), it will move along positive x-axis.
Ans. A, D
Sol. Ex
10/3
x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–25
5. Three point charges are kept at points A(0, 4a), O(0, 0)

and B(0, –4a) as shown in the figure. A(0, 4a) 5Q
–5Q
X
O P(3a, 0)
(0, –4a)B
+3Q
(A) Work was done on the external agent who assembled these charges in moving them
from infinity to the point.

(B) The electric field at point P is Ep  E X î  E y ˆj, then Ex is negative and Ey is positive.

(C) The electric field at point P is Ep  E x î  E y ˆj, then both Ex and Ey are negative.
975Q
(D) A positive charge has to be put at point P to make the potential energy of system
8
of all four point charges to be zero.
Ans. A, C
Sol. Potential energy of the system is negative so option A E3

is correct
5KQ KQ 3KQ
  53, E1  , E2  , E3  
9 5 25
5KQ KQ 3 3KQ 3 5KQ 24KQ E1 
Ex         0
9 5 5 25 5 9 125
K 4 3K 4 8K
Ey      0 E2
5 5 25 5 125
25Q2 15Q2 5xQ 5Qx 15Q2 3Qx
     0
4 8 5 3 4 5
65Q2 8Qx 5Qx  24  25  x 65Q 65  15Q
  0    x
8 5 3 15 8 8
6. In the circuit shown in figure, the switch S is closed at the moment t C R

= 0. At the moment t = RCn2, the currents through both resistors
are found to be ‘I’. Then choose the correct option(s)
L R
V
(A) I
R
V
(B) I
2R
L
(C) R
2C
L
(D) R
C
Ans. B, D
V  
Rt
V  RCt
Sol. I1   1  e
 , and
L
I2  e
R  R
According to question at t = RCn2, we have
Rt Rt t
V  V  RCt
  
I1  I2   1  e
  L
e  1  e L
 e RC
…………..( 1)
R  R
t
 1
Given t = RCn2  e RC  e n2  , Putting this value in equation (1), we have
2
L
R
C
Rt Rt
 1  1 Rt R
1 e L   e L    n2   RCn2  n2
2 2 L L
7. A loop is formed by two fixed parallel conductors connected

by a solenoid with inductance L = 2H and a conducting rod of
mass m = 8 kg which can freely slide without friction, over the
conductors. The conductors are located in a horizontal plane v0 x
and in a uniform vertical magnetic field B =  Tesla directed
into the plane of the paper. The distance between the
conductors is  = 2 m. At the moment t = 0, the rod is
imparted an initial velocity v 0 = 2 m/s directed to the right. The
resistance of loop is negligible. Choose the correct option( s)
(A) The rod will perform periodic motion, but not SHM
(B) The rod will perform SHM
(C) The time period of oscillation of rod is 4 s
4
(D) The amplitude of oscillation of rod is metre.

Ans. B, C, D
Sol. Suppose that at any instant of time, velocity of the rod is v i d

a
towards right.
The current in the circuit is i. In the figure,
Va  Vb  Vd  Vc
Fm v0 x
i.e. Ldi  Bldx
Integrating, we get Li  Blx
Magnetic force on the rod at this instant is
b c
B2  2
Fm  iB  x … (i)
L

Since, this force is in opposite direction of v , so from Newton’s second law we can write,
 d2 x  B2l2
m 2    x
 dt  L
Comparing this with equation of SHM, i.e.
d2 x
 2 x  0  x  A sin t  v  A cos t … ( ii)
dt 2
Bl
We have,  
mL
2 mL 82
So T  2  2  4s
 Bl  2
v 4
At t = 0, v  v 0  v 0  A  A  0  m
 
(Matching Type)
(Matching type - Single Correct Option)
This section contains SIX questions of matching type. The section contains TWO tables (each having 3
columns and 4 rows). Based on each table, there are THREE questions. Each question has FOUR
options (A), (B), (C), and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
Answer 8, 9 and 10 by appropriately matching the information given in the three columns
of the following table.
Two moles of an ideal mono-atomic gas is V

taken through a cyclic process ABCA as C
shown in the V-T diagram. In the process 8V0
BC, TV2 = constant. Answer the questions
by referring to the data in the table.
(Take n  2   0.7 )
4V0 B
V0
A
T0 = 300K 4T0 = 1200K T
Column –1 shows the processes. Column –2 shows the work done in that process and Column
–3 shows the energy supplied in that process.
Column – 1 Column – 2 Column – 3
(I) AB (i) 1800 R (P) –1800 R
(II) BC (ii) –1260 R (Q) – 3060 R
(III) CA (iii) 900 R (R) 4500 R
(IV) BCAB (iv) 1440 R (S) 1440 R
8. Pick a combination in which work done is maximum
(A) (I) (i) (R)
(B) (II) (i) (P)
(C) (III) (iv) (S)
(D) (III) (ii) (R)
Ans. A
9. Pick a combination in which thermal energy supplied is maximum
(A) (II) (iii) (P)
(B) (IV) (iii) (S)
(C) (I) (i) (R)
(D) (I) (ii) (Q)
Ans. C
10. Pick a correct combination
(A) (I) (ii) (P)
(B) (I) (ii) (Q)
(C) (IV) (iv) (S)
(D) (II) (i) (Q)
Ans. C
Sol.8-10. The equation of the process BC is

TV 2  cons tan t
PV 3  cons tan t
Molar heat capacity of the gas in the process BC is
R
 C  CV 
1 x
3R R
  R
2 2
The work done by the gas during the process BC is
nRT 2R  900 
 WBC    900R
1 x 1 3
5R
Q AB  nCpT  2  1200  300   4500R
2
QBC  nCT  2  R 300  1200   1800R
 V 
QCA  WCA  nRT0 ln  0   2R300  3n2   1800R  0.7  1260R
 8V0 
 Wcycle  Qcycle  Q AB  QBC  QCA  4500R  1800R  1260R = 1440 R
Wcycle 1440R
 Efficiency,    100   100  32%
Qsup plied 4500R
Answer 11, 12 and 13 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
columns of the following table.
R2 i2
Vb R1
C qi
ib i1 K
qi is the initial charge on the capacitor. The key K is closed at t = 0

Battery Resistance Capacitance & Initial
charge
R1 = R2 = 5  C = 5 F
(I) Vb = 0 V (i) (P)
R = 10  qi = 0
R1 = 5 
(II) Vb = 30 V (ii) (Q) C = 20 F
R2 = 10 
qi = 0
R = 10 
R1 = 10 
C = 5 F
(III) Vb = –30 V (iii) R2 = 5  (R)
qi = 100 C
R = 10 
C = 20 F
(IV) Vb = 60 V (iv) R1 = R2 = R = 10  (S)
qi = 100 C
11. In which of the following cases, will the current i1 = 5/3 A, initially?
(A) (I) (i) (P)
(B) (II) (iv) (R)
(C) (II) (iv) (P)
(D) (I) (iii) (Q)
Ans. B
12. In which of the following cases will the net charge flowing through the capacitor be equal to 300
C?
(A) (II) (i) (S)
(B) (I) (ii) (R)
(C) (IV) (i) (S)
(D) (III) (iii) (P)
Ans. C
13. In which case will the current through R decay exponentially to zero with a time constant of 0.2
ms?
(A) (IV) (ii) (Q)
(B) (I) (iii) (S)
(C) (II) (i) (R)
(D) (I) (iii) (Q)
Ans. B
Sol.11-13. Vb  ibR  i1R1  0

i2R2  q / C  i1R1  0
dq
With i2 
dt
Substituting the given values, we get the result.
SECTION – C
(Single digit integer type)
This section contains FIVE questions. The answer to each question is a single Digit integer ranging from
0 to 9, both inclusive.
14. Inner surface of a cylindrical shell of length  and of material of T1 T2

thermal conductivity k is kept at constant temperature T1 and outer
surface of the cylinder is kept at constant temperature T2 such that
 T1  T2 as shown in figure. Heat flows from inner surface to outer
surface radially outward. Inner and outer radii of the shell are R and
2R respectively. Due to lack of space this cylinder has to be
 R
2R
R

replaced by a smaller cylinder of length , inner and outer radii
2 4
and R respectively and thermal conductivity of material nk. If rate
of radial outward heat flow remains same for same temperatures of
inner and outer surface i.e. T1 and T2, then find the value of n.
Ans. 4
Sol. Since rate of heat flow remains same in both the cases, so
2R R
dx dx
R k2 x   R  nk  4k  n = 4

4
nk  2  x  2
15. If the reading of the ideal ammeter connected 10 V 4V 8V 6V

 13 
in the given circuit is n   ampere, find the
 20 
value of n. Assume that the cells have 10  8 A
4 2
negligible internal resistance.
Ans. 3
8 2 2 6 8V 6V
Sol. I = I1 + I2 + I3 + I4 =   8V 10 V 4V
10 8 4 2 O
32  10  20  120 78
 Amp
40 40 10  I1 8  I2 4  I3 2  I4 A
I
O O O
O
16. To disperse all the mass of the Earth to infinity against its own gravitational field would require
2.4  1032J of energy. Mass of the earth is 6  1024 kg and radius of earth is 6400 km. Since earth
is mostly iron, therefore, its specific heat capacity is about 500J kg1 K1. Assuming that the earth
was formed by very cold objects falling from a great distance away, if its maximum possible
temperature soon after its formation is   104 K. Find the value of 
Ans. 8
Sol. 2.4  1032  6  1024  500  T

.4  108 4  105
 T   8  104 K
500 5
17. A conducting sphere of radius a is in side a hollow

conducting sphere of radii 2a and 3a as shown in the 3a
figure. The inner sphere is earthed. The capacitance of
system of sphere and hollow sphere is 5k0a. Find the 2a
value of k.
a A
Ans. 4
Sol. C1  120 a C1
4 0  b  a 
C2   8 0 a
ba
A B
C eq  C1  C2  200 a
C2
18. A current I = 20 ampere flows through a wire shaped in the form of an infinite parabola of latus

rectum 4a (a = 1 mm). If the magnetic field at the focus of the parabola is   10 tesla, where
 and  are the positive integer, less than 9. Find the value of    .
Ans. 6
Sol. The magnetic field at the focus P of the parabola is d

given by the Biot-Savart law: 

 0 Id   r
B , rd
4  r 3
d r
 
Where r and d l0 are as shown in figure. The
 P
direction of B is perpendicular to the plane of the
parabola and out of it. We note that
 
d  r r d sin  r d d
3
  2  .
r r3 r r
2
Therefore, B   0I / 4    d / r  . The equation of the parabola is r 1  cos    2a, so that
0
0I 2 1  cos   0I 4    107  20

B d     2  103 tesla
4 0 2a 4a 4  103
FIITJEE
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2018-19
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 18-11-2018

 Each Part is further divided into Three Sections: Section-A, Section-C & Section-D.
Section-A (01 – 03, 24 – 26, 47 – 49) contains 9 multiple choice questions which have only one
correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong
answer.
Section-A (04 – 08, 27 – 31, 50 – 54) contains 15 multiple choice questions which have one or
more than one correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –2 mark
for wrong answer.
Partial Marks +1 for each correct option provided no incorrect options is selected.
Section-A (09 – 10, 32 – 33, 55 – 56) contains 3 paragraphs. Based upon paragraph, 2 multiple
choice questions have to be answered. Each question has only one correct answer and carries +3
marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Section-C (11 – 20, 34 – 43, 57 – 66) contains 30 Numerical based questions with answer as
negative marking.
Section-D (21 – 23, 44 – 46, 67 – 69) contains 9 Numerical answer type questions with answer
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Single Correct Choice Type
This section contains 3 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D)
out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

1. A conducting disc of conductivity  has radius a and thickness . A uniform magnetic field B is
applied in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the disc. If the magnetic field changes with
time at the rate of dB/dt, then the power dissipated in the disc due to the induced current.
2
a4  dB 
(A)  
8  dt 
2
a4  dB 
(B)  
12  dt 
2
a4  dB 
(C)  
4  dt 
2
a4  dB 
(D)  
6  dt 
Ans. A
Sol. Consider two circles of radii r and r + dr concentric with the disc
(0 < r < a) (figure). The induced e.m.f. in the circular path of 
radius r is a
d dB O r

dt

r 2B  r 2 
dt
. dr B
The resistance of the circular path between radii r and r + dr is
1 2r
R ,
 dr B
The length of the path being 2r and the cross sectional area of
current flow being dr. The power dissipated inside this path is
2
 2   dB  3
dP     r dr.
R 2  dt 
The total dissipated power P is
2 a 2
  dB  3 a 4  dB 
P    r dr    .
2  dt  0
8  dt 
2. In the circuit shown in figure, the switch ‘S’ is closed L1 R1

at t = 0. The value of current in the resistor R3, when it
becomes steady (as compared to the steady current R2
R3
E
before closing the switch S)
L2
(A) Increases
(B) Decreases
(C) Remains constant
(D) Becomes zero
Ans. B
E
Sol. Initial current in R3, ii 
R1  R3
E R2 R2E
Final current if   =
R 2R 3 R2  R3 R1(R2  R3 )  R2R3
R1 
R 2  R3
E
If =
R1R 3
 R1  R3
R2
As if < ii, so current in the resistor R3 will decrease.
3. A straight segment OP of length L of a circuit carrying current I ampere is placed along x-axis.
Two infinitely long straight wires A and B each extending from z =  to + are fixed at y = 
meter to y = + meter respectively. Wires A and B, each carry current I ampere along positive z-
axis. Given that O is origin of the coordinate system. The magnitude of force on segment OP is
0 2  L2 
(A) I n 1  2 
   
 
0 2  L2 
(B) I n  1  2 
2   
0 2   2 
(C) I n 1  2 
  L 
0 2  2 
(D) I n  1  2 
2  L 
Ans. B
Sol. Net B at distance x from O along x-axis A Y

 I
= 0 2cos  X
2 r 
r O
 I
 F   dF   I 0 2cos dx x 
2 r O
 P
  L2 
 0 I2 n  1  2  
2   
 
B

4. Logarithms of reading of pressure and volume for an log P(kPa)

ideal gas were plotted in the graph. By measuring
the gradient it can be shown that 5.38
5.10
3.10 3.30 logV (dm3)
(A) The gas may be Mono-atomic
(B) The gas may be Diatomic
(C) The process is an adiabatic change
(D) The process is an isothermal change.
Ans. B, C
Sol. log P = m log V + C …(i)

Where C is constant and m is slope
 5.38  5.10 
m   1.4
 3.10  3.30 
1.4
So, from (i) PV = K (constant)
5. In a RLC series circuit shown in the figure, the V2

readings of voltmeters V1 and V2 are 100 V and 120 C
R L
V respectively. The source voltage (V) of
alternating source is 130 V. Mark the correct
option(s).
V1
V
~
(A) Voltage across resistor, inductor and capacitor are 50 V, 86.6 V and 186.6 V respectively.
(B) Voltage across resistor, inductor and capacitor are 50 V, 86.6, 206.6V respectively.
5
(C) Circuit is capacitive and power factor is .
13
5
(D) Circuit is inducting and power factor is .
13
Ans. B, C
Sol. Let voltage across resistor, inductor and capacitor be VR , VL and VC . Also since V2  V1 so
VC  VL .
2
 VR2  VL2  V12  1002 and VC  VL  120 and VR2   VC  VL   130 2
Solving VR  50V, VL  86.6 V, VC  206.6 V
VR 50 5
Power factor = cos    
VZ 130 13
6. An electrical circuit is shown in the R V

figure. It has two conducting spheres A
and B of radii 3a and 6a respectively.
When the inductor of inductance L is in
its steady state the switch is shifted
from position-1 to position-2. Now 1
choose the correct option(s)
3a
6a
L 2
A B
V
(A) Maximum charge on the sphere A is 80 aL .
R
V
(B) Maximum charge on the sphere B is 40 aL .
R
(C) The circuit contains only magnetic energy at time t  83 0 aL .
(D) The circuit contains only electrical energy at time t  23 0 aL .
Ans. A, C, D
V 3C I L 6C
Sol. I0  , 3C  4 0 a  3  C  40 a
R
dI –q q –q q
0
dt
q q dI
 L 0
3C 6C dt
d2 q q d2 q q
 L 2
  0  2
 0
dt 2C dt 2LC
1
 q  q0 sin t, I  q0  cos t,  
2LC
I0
At t  0, I  I0  q0   I0 2LC

V
q0  80 aL
R
2
T  2 80 aL

T
 23 0 aL
4
7. Three small metallic charged balls (radius tends to v

zero) have equal charges q and masses m, 4m and m
as shown in the figure. The balls are connected by light
string (Non-conducting) of length  each, and placed
on horizontal frictionless, non-conducting table. Initially  
m, q 4m, q m, q
balls are at rest and form a straight line. A sharp
horizontal impulse gives the central ball a speed v
directed perpendicular to strings connecting the balls.
Choose correct option(s):
(A) The minimum distance during subsequent motion between the balls of mass m is
6q2 
3q  16m 0 v 2 
2
(B) The minimum distance during subsequent motion between the balls of mass m is
3q2 
3q2  16m 0 v 2 
(C) The maximum difference in electrostatic potential energy of the system during
2mv 2
subsequent motion is
3
(D) The maximum difference in electrostatic potential energy of the system during
4mv 2
subsequent motion is
3
Ans. A, C
4mv 2v
Sol. v CM  
6m 3
In centre of mass frame
Gain in P.E. = Loss in KE
q2  1 1  2 4mv 2
  2mv 
40  D 2  3
6q2 
 D
3q2  16m0 v 2 
8. The figure shows the variation of electrostatic potential V in volt with the distance of position of
point along x-axis from origin due to continuous volume charge distribution. In the region x = – 1m
to x = + 1m, the graph is parabolic (V = 15 – 5x2) and rest portion of graph is straight line. Choose
–12 –1 –2 2

the correct option(s) (0  permittivity of free space = 8.85 × 10 N m C ). The direction of E
along positive x-axis is considered as positive.
V (in volt)
2
15 V = 15 – 5x
B
A 10
5
(in metre)
–3 –2 –1 0 +1 +2 +3 X
(A) This graph of potential may be due to a thick sheet of infinite dimension (– 1m  x  1, –
 < y <  and –  < z < ) with constant volume charge density 1.77 × 10–10 C/m3.
(B) This graph of potential may be due to a thick sheet of infinite dimension (– 1m  x  1, –
 < y <  and –  < z < ) with constant volume charge density 0.885 × 10–10 C/m3.
(C) E (electric field)
X
O
(D) E (electric field)
X
O
Ans. A, C

Sol. dV  Edx  xdx
20
V x
  2
 dv  20  xdx  V  V0 
40
x , so
V0 0
V0  15 volt

 5    200  20  8.85  10 12  1.77  10 10 C / m3
40
E y xS
E  2S 
0
10 x
E
20
x X
O x = 1m
x
–10
Paragraph type (One Option Correct)

This section contains 1 paragraph each describing theory, experiment, data etc. Two questions relate to
the paragraph. Each question of a paragraph has Only One correct answer among the four choices (A),
(B), (C) and (D).
The melting point of wax is measured by using a thermometer
which is not exact, and it indicates a temperature of 50°C as shown
Thermometer 50°C
in figure-I.
Just melted
Wax-Box
Figure-I
A Wheatstone bridge is used to measure this melting point exactly.

The deviation from 50°C is being measured by observing the 50
variation of the resistance of a coil embedded in wax. 50
The Wheatstone bridge is setup so that the resistance of G

each arm is 50 exactly at 50°C, and there is no current in the 50
galvanometer as shown in figure-II. The resistance of the Ig = 0
galvanometer is 50. 50
50
2.5V
Figure-II
One arm of the bridge containing the coil of resistance 50 is now
50 Wax-Box
immersed in a wax-box. The wax is just melted as shown in the figure-
III. It is now observed that the current through the galvanometer is 0.1
A.
G
–3 50
Given, temperature coefficient of resistance is 10 per °C.
Resistances other than inside wax-box are assumed to be constant Ig  0
50
and are exactly 50 while the resistance of wax box is very close to 50
50.
2.5V
Figure-III
9. The variation in the resistance inside the wax-box from its initial value of 50 is
(A) 1 104 
(B) 2  104 
(C) 4  10 4 
(D) 8  104 
Ans. D
10. Calculate the deviation in the melting point from 50°C.
(A) 0.004C
(B) 0.008C
(C) 0.016C
(D) 0.036C
Ans. C
Sol. 9-10.
When the four arms have equal resistances, the off-
balance galvanometer current for a small change R in the 50 Wax-Box
resistance of the third arm is
V R
IG  B 2 .
8R G
50
Here IG  107 A, R  50, and VB  2.5V. Hence
8  107  25  102 50
R   8  10 4  . 50
2.5
2.5V
If the corresponding change in temperature is T, we have
RT  R3 ,
–3
Where  = temperature coefficient of resistance = 10 /°C.
8  104
Therefore, T   1.6  10 2  0.016C .
50  103
SECTION – C
This section contains 10 questions. The answer to each question is a Single Digit Integer ranging from
11. An air-filled capacitor of capacitance 50 pF is charged to a voltage V and connected across

another uncharged capacitor of capacitance 100 pF, the final voltage across each capacitor is V1
volt. Now an identical air-filled capacitor of capacitance 50 pF is totally filled with a solid dielectric
of dielectric constant 2n & again charged to the same voltage V as before. It is now connected
across another uncharged capacitor of capacitance 100 pF, the final voltage across each
V 2
capacitor is V2 volt. If 1 is then find the value of n.
V2 5
Ans. 5
Sol. In the first case,

Charge = CV = (C + Ce)V1, …(i)
Where C = 50 pF, Ce = 100 pF
In the second case,
Charge = KCV = (KC + Ce)V2, …(ii)
Dividing (ii) by (i) we obtain
KC  Ce V2 KC  Ce 2.5KC  2.5Ce
K .   2.5 
C  Ce V1 C  Ce C  Ce
Ce
 1.5KC  K  2.5  Ce  1.5K  K  2.5   2 K  2.5 
C
 0.5 K = 5  K = 10  n = 5.
12. A long thin copper wire of the radius 2mm, carries a time-varying current I = t ampere (uniformly
distributed), then the induced electric field on its surface is equal to k X10–7 Vm–1. Find the value
of k. Take the induced field along the axis of the wire to be zero.
Ans. 1
Sol. Let the radius of the wire be R. Consider a rectangle abcd in

the wire with the side ab along the axis. The magnetic dr
a d
 Ir
induction at a distance r from the axis (r < R) is B  0 2 I=t
2R Es
ampere r
The flux through the elementary shaded area within abcd is
Bldr, where  = ab = cd. The flux  through abcd is
R c
 Ir  I b
   0 2 dr  0 .
0 2 R
4 R
R
The induced emf along the curve abcd is
d 0  dI  0 
    …(i)
dt 4  dt 4
The wire being thin, cd >> da. If Es is the induced electric field at the surface and E0 that along
the axis, then   Es  E0  . Since E0 = 0, we obtain from (i)
0
Es   107 Vm1 .
4
Clearly, Es is independent of the radius of the wire.
0 0
13. A conducting ring of radius R & mass 300 g, carrying current I 30 30
ampere as shown in the figure. A bar magnet with its north
pole up is placed along the symmetric axis below the
conducting ring at a distance of 2m from the centre of ring. At
0
the location of ring, the magnetic field makes an angle 30 2m
1
with vertical and its magnitude is Tesla. If ring remains at
3π N
rest in its position, find the product of current I in the ring and
radius R of ring in ampere-meter. g  10 m / s  2

Ans. 9

Sol. 
Fmag  mg  B sin 30   I   2 R   mg
mg 0.3  10  3  2
 IR     9 A-m
2 B sin 30 2
14. A neutral metal sphere is placed at a large distance from a point charge. The magnitude of
Coulomb electrostatic interaction force between the charge and sphere is F0 . If the distance
between them is doubled, the new magnitude of Coulomb electrostatic interaction force between
n
the charge and sphere is 2 F0 . Find the value of n. (Assuming that the radius of sphere is very
small as compared to the distance between them)
Ans. 5
Sol. Due to induction, the sphere behaves as dipole whose dipole moment is directly proportional to
inducing field generated by point charge. So
a
p  2 , a is a constant and r is the distance between them.
r
bqp baq baq baq 5
p q
F0  3  5  F  5
 5 5
 2 F0
r r  2r  2 r r
15. On a sunny day, the temperature and pressure of atmosphere varying with height z from sea
level as

 z   z 
T  T0 1   , and P  P0  1  
 z0   z0 
Where T0 and z0, are 25°C and 25 km. The temperature A
pressure and density of air at sea level is T0 = 25°C, P0 =
1 atm and 1.2 kg/m3 respectively. Assume that air follows
T z
ideal gas law in the given condition, i.e.,  cons tan t.
P
Find the value of . Sea level
5 2 2
1 atm = 10 N/m and g = 10 m/s (g is uniform)
Ans. 3
Sol. dp  gdz A
dp  gT P
  0 0
dz P0 T dz
PA
P z
dP g dz
   0 
P0
P P0 0 z 
1  
 z0 
z
P  0 gz0  z  (P+dp)A
 n   n 1  
 P0  P 0  z 0 
(Adz)g Sea level

 Z 
 P  P0  1   , where
 Z0 
 gz 1.2  10  25  10 3
 0 0  3
p0 105
16. In the circuit shown, all capacitors are identical. Initially,

the switch is open and capacitor-C1 is the only charged
capacitor. After the switch is closed, the equilibrium is
re-established and the charge on the capacitor – C1 is C1
a
Q. If initial charge on the capacitor – C1 was Q0  Q,
b C6
where a and b are positive integer, lying between 0 to 9.
C3
Find the value a – b.
C2 C4
C5
Ans. 3
Q Q 0  Q 8Q
Sol.   0  3Q  5Q0  5Q  0  Q0 
C 3C 5
5
Q0 – Q
+Q0 3C +Q 3C
–Q0 5 –Q 5
–Q0 + Q
Just before closing the switch Just after closing the switch

17. A point charge Q = 500 mC and mass B N
–6 I
m = 10 kg is moving in a uniform magnetic T


field B  1 tesla kˆ with speed v = 106 m/s and M
follows path as shown in figure-1. If a wire with T

shape same as the trajectory of charged
particle carrying current I = 2A is kept in same Figure-1 Figure-2
magnetic field, each point of the wire
experiences a tension T (in newton) in
magnitude. Find the value of T.
Ans. 4
mv T mvI
Sol. R1  R 2    T
qB BI Q
10 6  106  2
 T  4 newton
500  103
18. Four resistance R, 3R, R and 3R are connected

as shown in figure. The two real voltmeters are
identical and Ammeter is ideal. If the value of R is V 0.5 V
25N  , find the value of N. You decide
arrangement of the resistances so that the given
conditions are satisfied.
V A
3V 6 mA
Ans. 5
Sol. x  y  6  x  3.5 mA X R B 3R Y
x  1  y y  2.5mA A C
KVL:
V I=x–y
3.5R  500  2.5  3R  0
3R
 4R = 500R = 125  A C
0.5 Y D X
R v  3  500  R
10
V A C
A
E C
3V
19. Particle A with charge 2q and mass mA, and particle B with charge 4q and mass m B are
accelerated with potential difference of V & 4 V respectively. Both particles are deflected by a
uniform magnetic field into semicircular paths. The radius of trajectories of particle A and B are R
and 2R respectively. The direction of magnetic field is perpendicular to the velocity. Find value of
mB
.
mA
Ans. 2
1
Sol. qV  mv 2  mv  2qm V
2
mv 2qmV m V
R   R 
Bq Bq q
m A V mB 4V 1
R , & 2R  
2q 4q 2
m A 1 1 m A 1 1 mA 1
 .   .   
mB 2 2 mB 2 4 mB 2
20. Two point charges +Q and –Q are kept at points (a, 0) y

and (–a, 0). P(0, y0)
A dipole of dipole strength p and mass m is released + –
from point P(0, y0), where y0 >>> a; as shown in the
5Qp
figure. If the maximum speed of dipole is ,
0ma2
(–a, 0)A B(a, 0)
find the value of  X
–Q O +Q
Ans. 5
Sol. The force acting on the dipole is along negative y-axis.

1   1 2KQ
2 2 a
 
Ei  0, E f  mv 2  p.E  mv 2  p  î . 2  î  
Using COME, we have
1 Qp Qp
mv 2  v 
2 20 a 2
0ma2
SECTION – D
decimal place; e.g. xxxxx.xx).
21. Consider the circuit shown in the figure. E1, E2 are sources of emf R1 = 3 E1 = 10 V
and R1, R2 are fixed resistances. E1 = 10V, E2 = 20V while R1 =
3, R2 = 2. The inductance L = 5 mH.
Take n 2  0.7, n3  1.1, n10  2.3.
The switch S is closed for a long time. The energy stored (in joule)
in the inductor is R2=2 L = 5 mH
S
E2=20V
Ans. 00000.25
Sol. After the switch S, has been closed for a long time, the current R1 E1
through the inductor L can be found using Kirchoff’s Law:
2
1 E 
E2/R2 = I2. The stored energy is: L  2  . R2 L
2  R2 
After the switch S is opened, the current through the inductor
L is given by:
 
 
i  I1 1  eR t /L  I2 e R t /L
where R  R1  R 2 , E2 S
I1  E1 /  R1  R2 ,
I2  E2 / R2 .
22. Two solenoids, each of radius 2 cm are placed

coaxially with a gap of 1 cm between them. 2
Determine the magnetic field (in Gauss) at the 2 2 cm
centre of the gap if a current of 2 A flows through 1 1
z-axis
the two solenoids in series. Assume that each P
solenoid contains 40 turns per cm.
22
cos 1  0.907 , cos 2  0.242 ,   .
7
S1 1 cm S2
Ans. 00066.88
Sol. Let the two solenoids be S1 and S2, as shown in figure. The magnetic field at the centre-point p of
the gap due to the solenoid S1 is
 NI  NI
B1  0 [cos 1  cos    2 ]  0 cos 1  cos 2  ,
2L 2L
Where the angles 1 and 2 are as shown in figure. The field B1 is along the z-axis. By symmetry,
the field at p due to the solenoid S2 has the same magnitude and direction as B1. Thus the net
magnetic field at P is
 NI
B  2B1  0  cos 1  cos 2  .
L
N/L = 40 cm1  4  103 m1, 0  4  107 Henry / m, and I  2A.
Therefore, B  4  107  4  103  2   0.907  .242  = 66.88 Gauss.
23. A semi-circular conducting wire of radius 2m is rotated in a O



uniform magnetic field B  0.1 Tesla k̂ about point O with 
angular speed  = 10 rad/s as shown in the figure. The axis


of rotation is parallel to B. Find the potential difference (in M 53°
4 N

volt) between point M and point N.  tan53   .
 3
Ans. 00004.80
B 2 B22 B 2
Sol. e1 
2
, e2 
2
 VN  VM  e2  e1 
2
 
 2  12  2BR 2 cos   4.8 volt
O
 
1  2R sin    2  2Rcos  
2 2

M N M 1 O 2 N
1 2

M O
N
Second Method v N   2

1  
v  VN  VM  Rcos  2R
2
M
e  Bv  B  2R  Rcos  
 2BR 2 cos 
v M   1
3
 2  0.1 10  4   4.8 Volt
5
FIITJEE
ALL INDIA INTEGRATED TEST SERIES
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 1

 Each Part is further divided into Two Sections: Section-A & Section-B.
1. Section-A (01– 7, 19 – 25, 37 – 43) contains 21 multiple choice questions which have one or
for wrong answer
Partial Marks +1 for each correct option provided no incorrect option is selected.
Section-A (08 – 13, 26 – 31, 44 – 49) contains 18 questions. Each of 2 Tables with 3 Columns and
4 Rows has three questions. Column 1 will be with 4 rows designated (I), (II), (III) and (IV).
Column 2 will be with 4 rows designated (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv). Column 3 will be with 4 rows
designated (P), (Q), (R) and (S). Each multiple choice question with 4 options has only one
correct answer and carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
2. Section–B (14 – 18, 32 – 36, 50 – 54) contains 15 Numerical based questions with answers as
negative marking.
AIITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/21 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Three concentric spherical shells have radii r1, 2r and 3r with charge q1, q2 and q3 respectively.
Innermost and outermost shells are earthed. Then
q2
(A) q1  q 3  q 2 (B) q1  
4
q3 q3 1
(C) 3 (D) 
q1 q2 3
2. A particle having mass m and charge q moves along a line under the action of an electric field
E    x where  and  are positive constants and x is the distance from a point where the
q
particle was initially at rest. Therefore an observer moving with an acceleration .
m
(A) the motion of the particle is oscillatory

(B) the amplitude of the particle is


(C) the mean position of the particle is at x 

q
(D) the maximum acceleration of the particles is
m
3. Magnetic field is present in a circular region of radius R. Assume the

B×
field depends of time given by B   0 t [  0 is positive constant]
charge q0 is moved this region from A to B through different path as × × × ×
II
shown in figure. Then [  w I , w II , w III  is work done by induced I C III
electric field in path I, II, III.] × × ×
I  × R
(A)  1 (B) II  0 × ×
III I ×A
(C) II is positive (D) III is positive
3 AIITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/21
4. A infinite length current carrying wire is placed in x, y plane parallel to y-axis as shown in figure
(all charges are projected in region I from origin. The wire is passing through the points (-4, 0, 0))
y
x Region I
z
(A) A positively charged particle projected along y-axis will get deflected along x-axis
(B) If charged particle is projected along positive z-direction from origin then initial acceleration is
zero
(C) An electron projected along positive x-direction will get deflected along positive y- direction
(D) An electron projected along positive x axis will move is circular path.
5. In the circuit shown, the switch is turned on at t = 0, then 2k

(A) at t = 0, current supplied by battery is 4 mA
(B) at t = 0, current in R3 is 2 mA R1 10F
(C) in the steady state current supplied by battery is 3 mA
(D) in the steady state current in R3 is zero 2 k R2
12 V
2 k R3
69V
6. A wire of length l carrying a current i is bent first in form of an equilateral triangle, the magnetic
field at the center of triangle is B1. The same wire is now bent in the form of a circle; the magnetic
field at the centre is now B2. Each of the coil is kept in a constant magnetic field with its plane
perpendicular to magnetic field then  1 and  2 are torques acting on it respectively
(A) B1  B2 (B) B2  B1
(C) 1   2  0 (D)  2  1  0
7. When the terminals of a cell of e.m.f. 1.5 V are connected to an ammeter of resistance 4  . The
ammeter reads 0.30 amps. Which of the following statements is/are correct?
(A) The cell is non-ideal
(B) If a 4  resistor is also connected across terminals of the cell, the ammeter will read 0.50
amp
(C) If a 4  resistor is also connected across the terminals of the cell, one-third of the electrical
power generated will dissipate as heat within the cell
(D) If a voltmeter of resistance 4  is used to measure potential difference between terminals of
the cell, it will read 1.2 V
(Matching type - Single Correct Option)

This section contains SIX questions of matching type. The section contains TWO tables (each having 3
columns and 4 rows). Based on each table, there are THREE questions. Each question has FOUR
options (A), (B), (C), and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct.
Answer questions Q. 8, Q. 9 and Q. 10 by appropriately matching the information given in the

three columns of the following table.
Magnetic field of confined to a square region of side ‘  ’ 4

B = magnetic field       
m = mass of the particle 2     
q = charge of the particle     
v = velocity of the particle v        3
Column (1): Represents charge of the particle    
1 
Column (2): Represents velocity of the particle       
Column (3): Shows the edge from which the particle comes out
 2

(I) q  q0 (i) qB (P) 2
v 0 0
4m0
(II) q  q0 (ii) 5q B  (Q) 1
v 0 0
4m0
(III) q  3q0 (iii) q0B0  5q0B0  (R) 3
v
4m0 4m0
(IV) q0 (iv) q0B0  5q0B0  (S) 4
q v
2 2m0 2m0
8. If q = q0, B = B0, m = m0. Choose the correct option.

(A) (II) (ii) (S) (B) (I) (i) (Q)
(C) (I), (iii) (P) (D) (I) (i) (R)
B0
9. If B  , m  m0 and particle comes out from edge 3, choose the correct option.
3
(A) (I) (i) (Q) (B) (III) (ii) (R)
(C) (III), (iii) (R) (D) (III) (i) (R)
m0
10. If B  B0 and m  and particle comes out from edge 2, choose the correct option.
2
(A) (II) (i) (P) (B) (III) (i) (P)
(C) (IV), (iii) (P) (D) (IV) (iv) (P)
Answer questions Q. 11, Q. 12 and Q. 13 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table.
Figure shows total charge given to a conductor.
Here. Column 1 represents arrangement of conductors.
Column 2 represents charge on surface – 1
Column 3 represents charge on surface - 2
(I) Surface  2 (i) Q (P) +Q
Surface  1
Q
2R
R
(II) Surface  2 (ii) Q (Q) -Q

Q
Surface  1
2R
R
(III) Q (iii) Q (R) Q

 
2 2
Surface  1 Surface  2
(IV) Q (iv) Q (S) Q

 
2 2
Surface  1 Surface  2
11. For part (I) the correct combination is

(A) (I) (i) (P) (B) (I) (ii) (P)
(C) (I), (iii) (R) (D) (I) (iii) (S)
12. For part (II) the correct combination is

(A) (II) (i) (Q) (B) (II) (iii) (R)
(C) (II), (iii) (S) (D) (II) (i) (R)
13. For part (III) and (IV) the correct combination is

(A) (IV) (iv) (S) (B) (IV) (iii) (S)
(C) (III), (iv) (R) (D) (III) (iv) (S)
SECTION – B
This section contains FIVE questions. The answer to each question is a single Digit integer ranging from
14. Two uniformly charged large plane sheets S1 and S2 having charge densities  1 and  2
 1   2  are placed at a distance d parallel to each other. A charge q is moved along a line
of length a (a < d) at an angle 45° with the normal to S1 (between sheets). Calculate the work
done (in Joule) by the electric field.
(take a  1   2   4 2 ) and q0 = 0 )
15. A long, straight wire carries a current i, A particle having a positive charge q and mass m, kept at
a distance x0 = 2e m, where e is the exponent, from the wire is projected towards it with a speed
v. Find the minimum separation between the wire and the particle.  2 mv   0 qi  .
16. A wire of resistance 0.1 ohm/cm is bent to form a square ABCD of side 10 cm. A similar wire is
connected between the corners B and D to form the diagonal BD. If 2 volt battery of negligible
internal resistance is connected across A and C, calculate the total power dissipated.
17. Circuit – 1 shows a potentiometer setup with length of potentiometer being 100 cm (given that
potentiometer wire’s resistance is 8 ). Balance points are obtained with switch S opened and
then closed, they are found at 50 cm and 25 cm respectively. Then, the unknown battery from
circuit -1 is used in circuit -2 in order to deliver maximum possible power, to resistor R. The value
of this maximum power will be x watt, find the integer value x.
2 10 Volts
,r
A
R
G
,r S circuit -2
2
circuit -1
18. Two balls of charge q1 and q2 initiallly have a velocity of the same magnitude and direction. A
unifrom electric field has been applied for a certain time due to which the direction of the velocity
of the first ball changes by 600, and the velocity magnitude is reduced by half. In the same time,
the direction of the velocity of the second ball changes by 900. If the velocity of the second ball
change such that the magnitude of the charge-to-mass ratio for the second ball is  a / b  k 1, where
k1 is charge-to-mass for the first ball. Then a + b is __________.
(The electrosatic interaction between the balls should be neglected.)
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 1

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. ABC
Sol.
q3
q2
q1
2. ABCD
qE q  q 
Sol. qP     x
m m m
 q 
qP0     x
 m
Hence,
Motion is oscillatory.
For mean position,
F0

x .


Also, A  .

 q  q
and Max. acceleration     A   .
m m
AIITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/21 2
3. ABD
Sol. Use concept of induced electric field.
4. ABC
  
Sol. 
Use F  q v  B 
5. ABCD
Sol. At t = 0, capacitor behaves ac short circuited and at steady state, it behaves as open circuited.
6. AC
Sol. Use B due to straight current carrying wire and due to a circular wire.
Also use torque on closed 100 p carrying current placed in a magnetic field.
7. AD
Sol. Concept of emf and potential difference.
8. B
  
Sol. Motion of charged particle in a magnetic field F  q v  B  
9. B
  
10. C
  
11. B
Sol. Charge Distribution
12. B
13. C
SECTION – B
14. 2
   2 
Sol. Enet   1 
 20 
Hence,
   2   a 
W.D =  1  q0  2
 20   2 
15. 2
Sol. Use motion of charge particle in magnetic field.
16. 4
Sol. H  I2R
17. 2
Sol. Use Potential concept.
3 AIITS-PT-III (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/21
18. 7
Sol. Let,
E1 and E2 are electric field in x – 4 directions as shown:-
For q1 v
V qE  2
cos 600  V   1 1  t ... i  v
2  m1  q,m 1 1 600
V qE  q1, m1
sin 600  0   1 2  t ..... ii
2  m1 
E2 v v1
For q2 q2 , m 2
q E  E1
0  V   2 1 t ....  iii
 m2   t  0 q2 , m 2
From equation (i), (ii) and (iii). t  t
q 4  q1  4
   K
m2 3  m1  3
Hence,
a4
b3
ab  7
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 2
 Each Part is further divided into One Section: Section-A.
1. Section–A (01 – 07, 19 – 25, 37 – 43) contains 21 multiple choice questions which have only one
correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong
answer.
Section-A (08– 14, 26 – 32, 44 – 50) contains 21 multiple choice questions which have one or
for wrong answer
Partial Marks +1 for each correct option provided no incorrect option is selected.
Section–A (15 – 18, 33 – 36, 51 – 54) contains 6 paragraphs. Each paragraph is having 2 multiple
choice questions having 4 options with only one correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks
for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Charge q of mass m is projected with velocity v0

along x-axis in uniform electric field E along y-axis.
Radius of curvature of charge when it has travelled
distance d along y-axis is ? Neglect gravity and it is
qEd
given that  2v 20
m
v 20m v 20m
(A) 5 (B) 5
qE 2qE
5 v 20m 5v 20m
(C) 5 (D) 5
2 qE qE
2. Find charge flown from earth when K is switch on.

(A) –Q (B) Q
(C) 2Q (D) –3Q
3. A charged sphere of mass m and charge – q starts sliding along x x x x x x

the surface of a smooth hemispherical bowl, at position P. The x P x
region has a transverse uniform magnetic field B. Normal force
by the surface of bowl on the sphere at position Q is: x 
R B
x Q x
(A) mg sin  + qB 2gR sin 
x x x x x x
(B) 3mg sin  + qB 2gR sin 
(C) mg sin  - qB 2gR sin 
(D) 3mg sin  - qB 2gR sin 
4. A point charge Q is placed at a distance 2a from the center of a

thin conducting uncharged spherical shell of radius ‘a’ as shown in
the figure. Then, the charge on the shell after connecting to the
earth, will be
Q
(A)  (B) Q
2
(C) –Q (D) Zero
5. A meter bridge is set-up as shown, to determine an

unknown resistance ‘X’ using a standard 10 ohm
resistor. The galvanometer shows null point when
tapping-key is at 52 cm mark. The end-corrections are 1
cm and 2 cm respectively for the ends A and B. The
determined value of ‘X’ is:
(A) 10.2 ohm
(B) 10.6 ohm
(C) 10.8 ohm
(D) 11.1 ohm
6. Figure shows two point charges +q and +q and a metal rod of

length L carrying a charge –q with a part L/3 of its length inside
a box. The electric flux through the box is
q 4q
(A) (B)
3 0 3 0
2q 5q
(C) (D)
3 0 3 0
7. In the meter bridge experiment shown in figure, the balance length

AC corresponding to null deflection of the galvanometer is x. What
would be the balance length if the radius of the wire AB is
doubled?
x
(A) (B) x
2
(C) 2x (D) 4x

8. An electrical circuit is shown in the given figure. The resistance of

each voltmeter is infinite and each ammeter is 100. The charge on
the capacitor of 100 F in steady state is 4mC. Choose correct
statements(s) regarding the given circuit
(A) Reading of voltmeter V2 is 8 V
(B) Reading of ammeter A1 is zero and A2 is 1/25 A
(C) Reading of voltmeter V1 is 40 V
(D) EMF of the ideal cell is 66V
9. A particle of mass 2 kg and charge 1 mC is projected vertically with a velocity 10 ms-1. There is a
4
uniform horizontal electric field of 10 N/C
(A) The horizontal range of the particle is 10 m
(B) the time of flight of the particle is 2 sec
(C) the maximum height reached is 5 m
(D) the horizontal range of the particle is 5 m
10. An electron in the ground state of hydrogen atom is revolving in anticlockwise B

n̂
direction
 in a circular orbit of radius R. The atom is placed in a uniform magnetic
field B such that the plane normal of the electron orbit makes an angle of 30°
with the magnetic induction. (The symbols have their usual meaning)
eh
(A) The orbital magnetic dipole moment of the electron is
4me
eh
(B) The orbital magnetic dipole moment of the electron is
me
ehB
(C) The torque experienced by the orbiting electron is
8me
ehB
(D) The torque experienced by the orbiting electron is
4me
11. An infinitely long cylindrical conductor of radius R contains current of uniform d

density J along axis of the cylinder. Two infinitely long cylindrical holes of
radius r are drilled symmetrically throughout the length of the cylinder. The
axes of the holes are parallel to the axis of cylinder and at distance d from it
in the same plane.
0 J  r2 
(A) Magnetic field on the axis of one of the hole will be d  
2  2d 
0 J  r2 
(B) Magnetic field on the axis of one of the hole will be d  
2  d
0J r 2
(C) Magnetic field on the axis of cylinder will be
2 d
(D) Magnetic field on the axis of cylinder will be zero
 
12. A particle of charge + q and mass m moving under the E
P v
influence of a uniform electric field Eiˆ and uniform magnetic
field Bkˆ follows a trajectory from P to Q as shown in the 
B
figure. The velocities at P and Q are viˆ and 2vjˆ which of a
the following statement (s) is/are correct ? Q
3  mv 2 
(A) E   
4  qa  2a
3  mv 3 
(B) Rate of work done by the electric field at P is  
4 a 
(C) Rate of work done by the electric field at P is zero
(D) Rate of work done by both the fields at Q is zero
y
13. A charge particle of charge q, mass m is moving with
initial velocity ‘v’ as shown in figure in a uniform
X
magnetic field –. Select the correct extend upto a
BX X
alternative/alternatives: X X X large distance
X X X X
(A) Velocity of particle when it comes out from
  X X X X X
magnetic field is v = v cos 60º i  v sin60º ˆj q,m 30° X X X X X
X
v
(B) Time for which the particle was in magnetic field is
m
3qB
mV
(C) Distance travelled in magnetic field is
3qB
(D) The particle will never come out of magnetic field
14. A long straight conductor of circular cross-section of radius R carries a current io whose current
r
density J is assumed to be varying with radial distance r as J = Jo   , where Jo is a positive
R 
constant, then
J  r2
(A) Magnetic field outside varies as o o
3R
 J R2
(B) Magnetic field inside varies as o o
3r
(C) Inside the conductor graph between magnetic field and radial distance is parabolic
(D) outside the conductor graph between magnetic field and radial distance is hyperbolic
Paragraph Type (One Option Correct)
This section contains 02 paragraph each describing theory, experiment, data etc. Four questions relate
to the paragraph. Each question of a paragraph has Only One correct answer among the four choices
(A), (B), (C) and (D).
Two capacitors of capacitance is 2 C and C are charged to potential 2C, 2V

difference 2V and V respectively. Now the charged capacitors are + -
connected with a resistor R as shown in figure. Switch is closed at
t=0
R
C, V SW
15. What is potential difference across each capacitor in steady state?

2V 2
(A) (B) V
5 3
5V 3
(C) (D) V
3 5
16. What is current in circuit as function of time?

V 3t / RC 2V 2t / 3RC
(A) e (B) e
R R
V  t / 2RC V 3t / 2RC
(C) e (D) e
3R R
Figure shows the circuit of a potentiometer. The length of the potentiometer

wire AB is 50 cm. The EMF E1 of the battery is 4 V, having negligible internal
resistance. Value of R1 and R2 are 15 and 5 , respectively. When both
the keys are open, the null point is obtained at a distance of 31.25 cm from
A, but when both the keys are closed, the balance length reduces to 5 cm
only. Given R AB  10
17. The internal resistance of the cell E2 is

(A) 4.5  (B) 5.5 
(C) 6.5  (D) 7.5 
18. The balance length when key K2 is open and K1 is closed is given by
(A) 10.5 cm (B) 11.5 cm
(C) 12.5 cm (D) 13.5 cm
FIITJEE
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 2

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. D
v2
Sol. a cos  
R
qE 2v 0
(Where v  (2v 0 )2  v 02  a tan   )
m v0
2. A
Sol. vB = 0
KQ K(q  Q) K3Q
vB   
2R 2R 3R
Q (q  Q)
 Q0
2 2
2Q + q = 0
q = -2Q
3. B
Sol. From energy conservation
From P + 0 Q
V  2gR sin 
Force, equation into radial direction
mv 2
N  qvB  mgsin  
R
N  3mgsin   qB 2gR 
 
4. A
Sol. Potential at surface should be zero
KQ kq
 0
2a a
Q
q
2
5. B
x 52  2
Sol. 
R 48  1
X = 10.6 
6. C
2q
Sol. Total charge inside the square
3
qn 2q
Flux = =
 3 0
7. B
Sol. Balance length is independent of radius of the wire.
8. ABC
Sol. At steady state, capacitor will offer infinite resistance.
9. ABC
2u sin  u 2 sin 2 
Sol. T ,H
g 2g
1 qE 2
R  u cos  T  T
2 m
10. AC
Magnetic momentum e
Sol. (A) For an electron, 
Angular momentum 2me
M e

L 2me
h h
According to Bohr’s theory, L  n  (for ground state)
2  2
 e  e h eh
 M L  
 2me  2me 2  4 me
ehB
(C) Torque  MB sin30 
8me
11. AD
0  
Sol. Use; B
2

J r 
12. ABD
3 AIITS-PT-III (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/21
Sol.  Au  K
 E   B  K but  B  0
1 2 1
E  2a  m  2v   mv 2
2 2
Rate of work done at P  f  v  qEv
 
Rate of work done at Q  0 as f  v
13. BC

Sol. v  v cos 60 i  v sin 60 j
qB

m
V
 /3 60o
30o
t 60o
60o 30o

Dis tan ce  R   V
14. CD
r r
Sol. B 2r    o Jo   2rdr

o R
15. C
q1 q2
Sol. 
2c c
& q1  q2  5cv
10 cv 5 cv
q1  & q2 
3 3
5v
P.d . across each 
3
2c  c 2 Rc
equivalent time count  R  
2c  c 3
16. D
q1 q2
Sol. 
2c c
& q1  q2  5cv
10 cv 5 cv
q1  & q2 
3 3
5v
P.d . across each 
3
2c  c 2 Rc
equivalent time count  R  
2c  c 3
17. D
E1 4
Sol. i1  
R1  RAB 25
40 8
VAB  i1  RAB    1.6
25 5
V 1.6
k  AB  V / cm
 50
1.6
E2   31.25  1V
50
Again, when both S. are closed
4 10 4
K2   
10 50 50
E2 4
5  5
5 r 50
20  4r  50
30
r  7.5 ( D)
4
Again when K 2 open K1 is closed for balance length.
E 50
E2  K 2      2  (C )
K2 4
18. C
E1 4
Sol. i1  
R1  RAB 25
40 8
VAB  i1  RAB    1.6
25 5
V 1.6
k  AB  V / cm
 50
1.6
E2   31.25  1V
50
Again, when both S. are closed
4 10 4 E2 4
K2    , 5  5
10 50 50 5 r 50
20  4r  50
30
r  7.5 ( D )
4
Again when K 2 open K1 is closed for balance length.
E 50
E2  K 2      2  (C )
K2 4
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 06-12-2020

Section-A (01 – 06, 19 – 24, 37– 42) contains 18 multiple choice questions which have ONLY
ONE CORRECT ANSWER. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for
wrong answer.
Section-A (07 – 12, 25 – 30, 43 – 48) this section contains 18 multiple choice questions.
Each question has FOUR options. ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four option(s) is (are)
correct answer(s).
For each question, choose the option(s) corresponding to (all) the correct answer(s)
Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme:
Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the correct option(s) is (are) chosen:
Partial Marks : +3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY three options are chosen;
both of which are correct;
Partial Marks : +1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one option is chosen and it is
a correct option;
Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is chosen (i. e. the question is unanswered);
Negative Marks : 2 In all other cases.
Section-C (13 – 18, 31– 36, 49 – 54) contains 18 Numerical answer type questions with answer
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and 0 marks for wrong answer.
Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/2021 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A mass of 3M moving at a speed v collides with a mass of M moving directly towards it, also with
a speed v. If the collision is completely elastic, the total kinetic energy after the collision is K e . If
Ke
the masses stick together, the total kinetic energy after the collision is K s . What is the ratio ?
Ks
1
(A)
4
(B) 4
1
(C)
2
(D) 2
2. A steel ball bearing bounces vertically on a steel plate. If the speed of the ball just before a
bounce is v i , the speed of the ball immediately afterwards is v f  v i with  < 1. Which one of
the following graphs best shows the time between successive bounces () as a function of time
(t)?
 
(A) (B)
t t
 
(C) (D)
t t
3. The power output from a certain experimental car design to be shaped like a cube is proportional
to the mass m of the car. The force of air friction is proportional to Av 2 , where v is the speed of
the car and A is the cross sectional area. On a level surface the car has a maximum speed v max .
Assuming that all versions of this design have the same density, then which of the following is
true?
(A) v max  m 2/ 3
(B) v max  m1/ 7
(C) v max  m1/ 9
(D) v max  m3/ 4
3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/2021
4. Two particles with mass m1 and m2 are connected by a mass less rigid rod of length L and placed
on a horizontal frictionless table. At time t = 0, the first mass receives an impulse perpendicular to
the rod, giving it speed v. At this moment, the second mass is at rest. The minimum time after
which the second mass will again come to rest is
2m1L
(A) t
(m1  m2 )v
2m1m2L
(B) t
(m1  m2 )2 v
(m1  m2 )L
(C) t
m2 v
2L
(D) t
v
5. A uniform circular disc is being pulled by a force F through a string attached
to its centre of mass. Assume that the disc is rolling without slipping. At a II I
certain instant of time, in which region of the disc (if any) is there a point with III IV F
zero acceleration?
(A) Region II
(B) Region III
(C) Region IV
(D) All points on the disc have non zero acceleration.
6. A uniform circular disc of mass m = 12 kg slides m (disc)
down along a smooth frictionless hill, which ends in
a horizontal plane without break. The disc is
released from rest at a height of h = 1.25 m with
zero initial velocity and zero angular velocity and
rides on the top of a cart of mass M = 6kg, which
M cart
can move on a frictionless surface. The coefficient
of kinetic friction between the cart and the disc is 
= 0.4. Find the minimum length of the cart so that
the disc begins to roll without slipping before
loosing contact with the cart.
7
(A) m
8
7
(B) m
4
21
(C) m
4
3
(D) m
8
This section contains 06 multiple choice questions. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and
(D). ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four options is(are) correct.
7. A uniform circular disc of mass m = 10 kg and radius R = 10 cm A uniform disc

is placed on a rough horizontal surface. A horizontal time
m
dependent force F = 10t N starts acting on the centre of the disc
from t = 0 as shown in the figure. The coefficient of friction
between the disc and the surface is 0.4. Choose the correct
F R  = 0.4
option(s). (Take g = 10 m/s 2)
P
(A) The disc is performing pure rolling at t = 6 sec.

(B) Friction force acting on the disc at t = 6 sec is 40 N
(C) Friction force acting on the disc at t = 20 sec is 40 N
(D) Angular momentum of the disc about point P is L  t 2 kg-m2/sec, where t is time
8. A uniform cylinder of height 10 cm, diameter 5 cm and 5cm

mass M is placed on a horizontal smooth table. One
end of a string passing over an ideal pulley is 10cm
connected to top point of the cylinder and the other M
end is connected to a block of mass m as shown in the
figure. The system is released from rest from the
situation shown. Then
M  
(A) If m  then | am || aM | m
3
 
(B) If m = M then am  aM
 
(C) If m = 3M then | am || aM |
(D) If m = M then the cylinder is at the verge of toppling
9. An L-shaped body is made of two rigid uniform rod each of A

mass m and length . The two rods are welded together at
m, 
90 at ends. The body is kept horizontally stationary and
movable on a smooth horizontal surface. A particle of mass
2m strikes the body normally with horizontal velocity u at a 2m u
perpendicular distance of /4 from point O. The coefficient of m, 
/4
restitution for the collision is e = 1/2.
O B
3mu
(A) Angular impulse acting on the body (AOB) about its centre of mass is
8
9u
(B) Angular velocity of the body (AOB) after collision is
16
3
(C) mu2
The loss in kinetic energy of the (particle + rod) system during collision is
8
(D) After the collision, the particle keeps on moving in the direction of velocity before the
collision.
10. A wedge of mass M is placed on a horizontal smooth surface. A F

block of mass m is placed on the smooth wedge and it is pulled
by a contact force F with the help of a string passing over an ideal
pulley. m is not sliding on the wedge and both m and M are m
moving with the same acceleration. (Given M > 2m) M

m2 gsin 
(A) Pseudo force on the m as seen from M is
M  m  mcos 
MF
(B) Pseudo force on M as seen from m is
Mm
(C) Pseudo force on M as seen from m is zero.
mF
(D) The normal force between M and m for  = 45 is greater than .
Mm
11. A block of mass m moves on a horizontal circle against the inner v0

walls of a fixed cylindrical drum of inner radius R. The floor of the
drum on which the block moves is smooth but the coefficient of
friction between the wall and the block is . The block is given an
initial velocity v0 along the tangent of the drum as shown in the
figure. Then choose the correct option(s).
v R
(A) The time at which velocity of the block reduces to 0 is
2 v 0
(B) The magnitude of average power developed by the resultant forces acting on the block
v mv 30
from v = v0 to v = 0 is
2 8R
(C) The magnitude of average power developed by the resultant forces acting on the block
v 3mv 30
from v = v0 to v = 0 is
2 8R
v mv 30
(D) The instantaneous power developed by the friction force when v  0 is 
2 8R
12. A bead of mass m is threaded by a light elastic string of natural A
length L. Initially the bead is very close to the bottommost point B
of a fixed vertical ring of radius L and the string is slacked initially.
The other end of the string is fixed to B and the bead can slide C
along the frictionless ring. The elastic constant of the string is D
4mg
. The bead is projected from B with speed u. Mark correct
L B
option(s). u
Bead
(A) The smallest value of u = u0 for which the bead will be able to complete the circular path
is 8gL
(B) If bead is projected with 2u0, then normal force on the bead at topmost point is 19mg and
it acts radially inward.
(C) If bead is projected with 2u0, then normal force on the bead at topmost point is 19 mg and
it acts radially outward.
(D) The tangential acceleration of the bead when it passes through point D is 4g( 2  1)
SECTION – C
13. A mass M = 1 kg attached to the end of a small flexible rope of

diameter d = 1 cm is raised vertically by winding the rope on a reel. If
the reel is turned uniformly at the angular velocity of 4 rad/sec, what
will be the tension in the rope in newton? Neglect inertia of the rope
and slight lateral motion of the suspended mass. (Take g = 10 m/s2
and  = 3.14)
d
250
14. Water flows along a horizontal pipe with a curve having a radius of R = m. Find the lateral
9
pressure (in N/m2) of the water (assuming to be uniform in the diameter of the pipe). The pipe
diameter is d = 20 cm and m =   105 kg of water pass through the pipe in t = 1 hour at a
steady rate.
15. A rope with mass M = 2.3 kg and length L = 10 m is held in the position Hand
shown with one end attached to support. Assume that only a negligible length
of the rope hangs below the support. The rope is released at t = 0. Find the
force (in newton) that the support applies to the rope at t = 1 sec. (Take g =
10 m/s2) L
Support
16. A brick is thrown (from ground level) at an angle  with respect to horizontal with a speed v = 10
m/s. Assume that the larger face of the brick remains parallel to the ground at all times and there
is no deformation in the ground or the brick when the brick hits the ground. After hitting the
ground, the brick does not rebound. If the coefficient of friction between the brick and the ground
is  = 0.4. Angle  is chosen so that the brick travels the maximum total horizontal distance
before finally coming to rest. Find the maximum horizontal distance (in meter) covered by the
brick before coming to rest. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
17. A uniform sphere of mass m = 2kg rolls without slipping on the

inside of cylinder of radius R = 2m. The cylinder spins around its
axis (which points horizontally) with angular acceleration . What 
should  (in rad/s2) be if it is desired that the centre of the sphere
to remain motionless at an angle  = 30 from the vertical (Take g
= 10 m/s2)  R
18. The motion of a point like mass can be split into two parts. In the first part its average speed is v 1
= 90 km/hr and in the second its average speed is v2 = 40 km/hr. For the whole motion the
average speed is the geometric mean of the speed v1 and v2 that is v3 = 60 km/hr Then the ratio
of the covered distance in the first part and the second part is
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 06-12-2020

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B
1 1
Sol. Ke  3Mv 2  Mv 2  2Mv 2
2 2
2
1  2Mv  1
Ks  (3M  M)    Mv 2
2  4M  2
Ke
So, =4
Ks
2. A
2v n
Sol. n  , where v n   n v i
g
2v i
So, n  0  n , where 0 
g
1  n 0  n
t n  0 n  0 
1  1 
So, n  0  (1   )tn
3. C
Sol. The side of the cube is L  m1/3 (density is constant)
So, A  m 2/ 3
For constant speed,
AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/2021 2
m  P(  Fv)
So, m  Av 3  m 2/ 3 v 3
So, v  m1/ 9
4. D
Sol. Relative to COM frame, the rod is undergoing pure m1v
v m1  m2
rotatory motion with a constant angular velocity,  
L
m1L
xC  m1 m2
m1  m2
xC
2L
So, t 
v m2 v
m1  m2
5. C
Sol.
 2r
r aC
6. A
mg v 0  2gh
Sol.  v 0  gt   tR  t
mg
M
v0
So, t  M
 m
g  3  
 M mg
So, in the frame of the cart At t = 0 F.B.D. of disc F.B.D. of cart
1  m 7
L  v 0 t  g  1   t 2  m
2  M 8
7. A, C
2FR2 2F
Sol. aC  
3mR2 3m
2F
So, F  fs  m
3m
F
So, fS 
3
fS  mg
F
So,  40 N
3
So, F  120 N
So, the disc undergoes pure rolling motion upto t = 12 sec
Torque about point P = (10t) (0.1) N-m
t2
So, L = kg-m2/sec
2
3 AITS-PT-I (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/2021
8. A, D
mg
Sol. For moving together, a 
Mm
Mmg
So, T 
Mm
 10  5
For toppling the cylinder (T)    (Mg)  
 2 2
Mmg  10  5
So,    Mg  
Mm 2  2
So, M < m
9. C, D
Sol. From conservation of linear momentum
2mu  2mv1  2mv 2
1
And for e, u  v 2  v1
2
u 3u v1 v2
So, v1  and v 2 
4 4
Impulse is passing through centre of mass of the body. So
there is no rotation after the collision
1 1 3
Loss in kinetic energy = 2mu2  2m(v12  v 22 )  mu2
2 2 8
10. A, B, D
F F
Sol. a N F
Mm
m is in equilibrium w.r.t to M
(M  m)mgsin  m
So, F  ma a
M  m  m cos 
mg
mF
So, pseudo force on m w.r.t to M =
Mm
m2 gsin 
=
M  m  mcos 
MF
Pseudo force on M w.r.t. to m =
Mm
Also, F cos  = N sin  + ma
F mF
 N sin 45 = 
2 M m
mF  M  m  2m 
So, N   
M  m  m 
mF
So, N >
Mm
11. A, C, D
mv 2 dv
Sol.  m
R dt
v0
t
2
dv  R
So, 
v0 v 2
 
R0 dt  t 
v 0
| K.E. | 3 mv 30
| Pavg | 
t 8 R
m v 02 v 0 mv 03
At v = v0/2, instantaneous power due to kinetic friction force =  
R 4 2 8R
12. A, B
Sol. Extension in the spring at highest point A is L. A
4mg
Fstring   L  4mg
L
From conservation of energy at B and A
1 1  4mg  2
mu02  mg(2L)   L
2 2  L 
B
So, u0  8gL
For u = 2u0 at B.
1  2 1 1  4mg  2
m  2 8gL   mv 2  mg(2L)   L
2 2 2  L  mg
So, v  24gL F
2
m  24gL  N
So, F + mg + N =
L
So, N = 19mg (radially inward)
At point D, string is stretched and gravity is also acting on the bead.
SECTION – C
13. 00010.25
dv dr 
Sol.   d
dt dt 2
dv
Where = acceleration of the mass and r = radius of the reel at any instant
dt
2 d
So, T  Mg = M
2
 162  10 2 
So, T = M  g    10.25 N
 2 
14. 00013.89
Sol. Centripetal force FC= Pd.d
Where d is a small section of pipe
d2 v2
So, Pd.d = (d )
4 R
4m
and v  2
d t
4m2
So, P   13.89 N/m2
Rd3 t 2
15. 00017.25
d g2 t 3  1 2
Sol. Lg  T    Lgt   gt
dt  4  2
3 22
So, T  g t L
4
So, at t = 1 sec Support
3  2.3  1 2
T   (10)2 (1)2  17.25 N gt
4  10  4
16. 00014.50
v 2 sin 2
Sol. dair 
g
Impulse of normal reaction from ground = mV sin 
So, after collision, vx = v cos   v sin 
v 2 (cos    sin )2
So, dground =
2g
v2
So, dtotal   2 sin2  (cos    sin )2 
2g 
d
So,  dtotal   0 So tan  = 
dt
v2
So, dmax
total
imum
 (1   2 )  14.50 m
2g
17. 00006.25
Sol. fs  mgsin 
R
 sphere  
r
So,  = Isphere fs
2 R
So, mgr sin  = mr 2   R
5 r
 1
(5)(10)  
5g sin   2   6.25 rad/s2
So,   
2R (2)(2) mg sin
18. 00001.50
s  s2
Sol. v3  1  v1v 2
s1 s2

v1 v 2
s1 v1
After solving   1.50
s2 v2
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 06-12-2020

 Each Part is further divided into Three Sections: Section-A, Section – B & Section-C.
Section-A (01 – 06, 19 – 24, 37– 42) this section contains 18 multiple choice questions.
correct answer(s).
a correct option;
Negative Marks : 2 In all other cases
Section-B (07 – 12, 25 – 30, 43– 48) contains 18 Numerical based questions with Single digit
integer as answer, ranging from 0 to 9 and each question carries +3 marks for correct answer
and
–1 mark for wrong answer.
Section-C (13 – 18, 31 – 36, 49– 54) contains 18 Numerical answer type questions with answer
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. An object having all of mass concentrated at centre and having six

identical rods of length  each attached to it symmetrically is
placed on an inclined rough surface of inclination . Object looks
like a wheel with six equally spaced spokes without rim. Assume
that there is no slipping and collision between the spokes and
plane is perfectly inelastic and wheel always remains in the vertical
plane. Pick correct statement(s) for the motion of wheel.
(A) Average velocity of the centre of object increases and attains a constant value (Assuming
object remains in contact with the plane and initial kick was given to start motion)
(B) Mechanical energy of object remains conserved
(C) Work done by friction is zero
8g sin 
(D) The value of constant average velocity is
3
2. A point mass m is attached to an ideal string, which in

turns is wrapped on a vertical pole. Point mass is kept on a
smooth horizontal surface and string is horizontal. A O
horizontal velocity is imparted to the point mass
perpendicular to length of string. v0
0
(A) Speed of mass will become twice of initial value if length of string between the point mass
and the pole becomes half of the original value.
(B) Kinetic energy of mass increases.
(C) Work done by tension on the point mass is zero.
(D) Energy of the mass remains constant.
3. Three masses are joined using pin joints (can move m

freely). Length of both rods are identical and system ax
starts from rest. Accelerations of the balls are shown
in figure. Angle between the rods at this moment is
90°. The horizontal surface is smooth. Choose the
correct option(s). a1
ay
(A) 2a2 = a1 + ax a2
(B) 2ay = a1 + a2
(C) 2ax = a1 – a2
(D) 3a1 = 5a2 m 2m
4. A particle of mass m is subjected to two forces

  
r 
F1  f(r)  and F2  v
|r |

Where f(r) is a real valued function depends on the distance of particle from origin, r is position

vector of particle and  is positive constant. If at t = 0, v vector is in x-y plane and angular
momentum of the particle about the origin is L0. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) Plane of motion of particle does not change.

t

(B) Angular momentum of particle about the origin is given by L0 e m
(C) Angular momentum of particle about the origin is remains constant.
(D) The value of angular momentum about the origin will depend on f(r)
5. A uniform massive string of mass m, length  is fixed between two A

rigid supports. Angles made by the tangents on the string at points
of suspension are shown in the figure. The point C is the lower most
point of the string. Then choose the correct option(s). 37°
16 B
(A) Length of string left of the point C is
25
12mg 53°
(B) Tension in the string at point C is
5 C
12 
(C) Radius of curvature of the string at point C is
25
3mg
(D) Tension in the string at point B is
5
6. An Atwood’s machine having infinite number of masses connected with

ideal strings as shown in the figure. All the masses are identical and equal
to m. All the pulleys are ideal. Then choose the correct option(s).
(A) Acceleration of mass-1 is g/2 1
(B) Ratio of acceleration of mass-1 and mass-2 is 2 m
(C) Total work done by tension is zero
(D) Acceleration of mass-1 can’t be determined 2
m
3
m
SECTION – B
(Single Digit Integer Type)
This section contains 06 questions. The answer to each question is a Single Digit integer ranging from
7. Two particles move with same speed v in x-y plane. Particle A y

moves on the circle of radius R centered at origin while particle B
moves along the positive y-axis. At t = 0 particle A is at (R, 0)
and B is at the origin. Average angular velocity of B as seen by A
R v v
in the time interval is . Find the value of . v (R, 0)
2v R A
B x
8. A particle is projected from the horizontal surface.

Times taken by the particle to pass through two
horizontal lines separated by height h are T1 and T2. If
 gT12 
T2 = 3T1 then find the value of  . T1
 h  h
T2
9. A particle of mass m is rigidly attached to the circumference of m, R

a uniform circular ring of mass m and radius R and placed on a
rough horizontal surface. The ring is released from rest from the m
initial position as shown in the figure and it starts rolling without 60
slipping on the rough horizontal surface. If the frictional force
acting on the ring due to horizontal surface when the particle is
 mg 
getting at the end of the horizontal diameter is k   . Find the
 8 
value of k.
10. Inside a freely falling cubical elevator a point mass is to be C

projected from the bottom left corner A towards right wall
such that it collides with the wall at B and finally reaches
the point C, top left corner of the elevator. Points A, B and
C lie in the same vertical plane. Coefficient of restitution for
1 B
the collision between the wall and the ball is e  . Then
2
find the value of cot . (where  = angle made by initial
velocity of the ball with the horizontal x-axis.
A 
11. Potential energy of a particle moving on a circle in x-y plane y

is given by V = V0r3cos. Where r is the radius of circle and 
is the angle made by the radius vector of the particle with the
positive x-axis. Magnitude of x-component of force, when the
r P
 r r  V0r 2
particle is at  ,  is given by . Then find the 
 2 2 8
x
value of .
12. A droplet of water in uniform fog is formed. It then falls sweeping up the fog lying in its path.
Assume that it retains all the fog in its path, remains spherical and experiences zero drag. Drop
g
attains a constant value of acceleration after a large time interval. Its acceleration is given by .
K
Find the value of K.
SECTION – C
13. Engine of a car can deliver a maximum power of 50 kW. Car starts from rest and experiences a
 
drag force F  kV , where k = 5 N-s/m. If mass of the car is 500 Kg, find the maximum velocity
(in m/s) that the car can attain while it moves on a straight horizontal road is
14. While crossing a river of width 10 m a swimmer wants to B

follow path AB, as shown in the figure. Velocity of the river
current is 5 ms–1. Velocity of the swimmer in still water is also
5 ms–1. Swimmer starts swimming making an angle  with the
direction of the river current. The value of  (in degrees) is
30°
A
15. Length and height of each step is 10 cm. A ball bounces

down the stairs in regular manner, hitting each step at
identical points and then the ball bounces upto same height
above each step. Coefficient of restitution between the stairs
and the ball is e = 1/3. Find the horizontal component of
velocity of the ball (in ms–1). (Assume that this process can
go on for infinite times).
16. A uniform spherical shell of radius 10 cm is divided into eight identical parts. Find the distance (in
cm) between the geometric centre of the complete spherical shell and the centre of mass of one
part. (Take 3  1.732 )
17. Five identical bricks of uniform density and length 10 cm each are
placed on the top of each other at the edge of a table such that they
remain in equilibrium and corner of top most brick is farthest from the
edge of the table. Horizontal projection of the distance between the
farthest corner of top most brick and edge of the table is (in cm).
18. An inverted cone of height h is scooped out of a uniform cone of radius

2h and height 2h symmetrically as shown in the figure. If moment of
inertia of the removed portion about the axis shown is I and the moment
of inertia of the remaining portion is I. Find the value of .
PART TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 06-12-2020

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, C, D
Sol. When the pivot point is changed the speed of
central point changes suddenly and the kinetic
energy is lost. Velocity component perpendicular
to new spoke survives.
Average velocity becomes constant when the v cos60
loss
in K.E. due to changing contact point = gain in 60
2 sin30
P.E. 2sin30sin v

1   
mv 02  1  cos2   mg. 2 sin sin 
2  3 6
2. C, D
Sol. The force on the particle is not the central force.
3. A, B, C, D
Sol. a x  a y  a1 …(i)
a y  a x  a2 …(ii)
acm(x) = 0
2a2  a1  a x …(iii)
4. A, B
Sol. L = mvr …(i)
dL
 v r
dt
dL L
  from (i)
dt m
L t
dL 
     dt
L0 L m0
t

L  L0 e m
5. A, C, D
Sol. 3TA  4TB TA cos 37°
TA
4TA 3TB 3
  mg  TB  mg
5 5 5 TB cos 53°
TA sin 37°
TB
37°
TB sin 53°
53°
6. A, B, C
T T
Sol. Ta1  a 2  a3  .....  0
2 4
T  1 T  1 T 
 m  g   2  2m  g   4  4m  g   ....  0
     
T 1 1   1 1 
1   ........   g  1    ....... 
m  4 16   2 4 
3mg
T
2
g
 a1 
2
SECTION – B
7. 1
  
Sol.     t 
 
8. 1
Sol. Writing equation of motion in

y-direction
2
1  T1  y
y g
2  2 
2
1 T 
h  y  g 2 
2  2 h
8h
g 2
T2  T12
9. 3
Sol. For a pure rolling motion m, R
a = R
Using conservation of energy
R 1 a CM
mg  IP 2 m
2 2 
R 1 R/2
mg   4mR2 2 N 2mg
2 2
g P fs
  …(i)
4R
P  IP 
R
2m(g + 2R)  4mR 2  CM
2
2R/2 a
 gR 5g
2m  g    4mR2     …(ii)
 4 2 16R R/2
 2R 
fs  2m  a  
 2 
 5g g  3mg
fs  2m    , fs 
 16 8  8
10. 3
Sol.
Vy
Vx
2
Vy
Vx

11. 4
Sol. Tangential component of force = V0r2sin
Magnitude of the x-component of force = V0r2sin2.
12. 7
4 dv d 4  4
Sol. R3 1,  v  R3 1   R3 1g.
3 dt dt  3  3
dv dR
R  3v  Rg
dt dt …(i)
dm
Also, R v2 
2
dt
41 dR
v . …(ii)
2 dt
After a long time when acceleration becomes constant v = at will satisfy our differential equation.
4 dR
v  at v 1
2 dt
at 2 2
R
81
From equation (i) and (ii)
at 2 2 a 32 at 22 g
 (at)2 
81 41 81
a 3a g
 
8 4 8
g
a
7
SECTION – C
13. 00100.00
Sol. 5V2 = 50 × 103
V = 102 ms–1
14. 00060.00
5 5 5 m/s
Sol.    = 30°
sin  sin30 30°
5m/s 
15. 00000.50
1 1
Sol. mv 22  mv12  mg
2 2
v 22y  v1y
2
 2g
…(i)
ev 2y  v1y
g  1  e 
v1x  v 2x   0.50 m / s
2  1  e 
16. 00008.66
R 1.732
Sol. 3  10   8.66 cm
2 2
17. 00011.42
Sol. Centre of mass should not cross the corner
1 1 1 1 1 
d       10 cm  11.42 cm
 2 4 6 8 10 
18. 00031.00
Sol. I  h5
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 13-12-2020

wrong answer.
correct answer(s).
a correct option;
Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, SarvapriyaVihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
 a
1. A point charge q is kept at a point  a, 2a, in the space. Consider a triangular plane surface
 2 
 3a   3a 5a 
whose co-ordinates of vertices are (a, 2a, 0),  , 2a,0  and  , ,0  . The electric flux
 2   2 2 
passing through the considered triangular surface is
q
(A)
120
q
(B)
240
q
(C)
480
q
(D)
96 0
2. An inductor of 50 H, two resistors of 100  each and two B1

100 
identical bulbs of 100  each are connected with a
battery of 400 volt through a switch ‘S’ as shown in the
figure. At t = 0, switch is closed for a long time so that
steady state is reached. Now at t = t0, switch is opened, B2
the variation of current through the bulb B1 with time is
50 H 100 
best represented by
400 V S
i(amp) i(amp)
+2 +2
(A) (B)
t = t0 t(sec) t = t0 t(sec)
2
i(amp) i(amp)
+2 +2
(C) (D)
t = t0 t(sec) t = t0 t(sec)
2
3. A 15 litres pressure cooker has air inside it at room Whistle

temperature 27° at atmosphere pressure 105 Pa.
Pressure cooker has a whistle of area 0.15 cm2 as
shown in figure. The mass of whistle is 200 gm and the
coefficient of friction between the whistle and the
pressure cooker is negligible. Now, air inside the
(Pressure Cooker)
pressure cooker is heated, the temperature of air inside
it at which the whistle is just lifted up is
(A) 527°C
(B) 427°C
(C) 127°C
(D) 327°C
4. PQRS is a square of side 0. A, B, C and D are four long S R

current carrying wires kept perpendicular to the plane of paper
 D C
as shown in the figure. PA = QB = RC = SD = 0 . The
5
magnitude of current in the wires A, B, C and D are i0, 2i0, 8i0
A B
and 4i0 respectively, the direction of current are shown. It is
Q  S  
given that  BA  d   90 Tesla meter and  BB  d   50 P Q
 
P R
Tesla meter, where B A and BB are the magnetic fields due to

the wires A and B respectively. The magnitude of i0 is
23
(A) amp
2
(B) 46 amp
(C) 23 amp
23
(D) amp
4
5. A long wire carrying alternating current i  i0 cos t is kept along the

axis of a toroid. The inner and outer radii of the toroid are R1 and R2
respectively. The toroidal loop has rectangular cross-section with ‘N’ R2
turns and height ‘h’. If R2 = 4R1, i0 = 3 amp, N = 1000 and h = 2 mm.
Then the maximum emf induced in the loop is
(A)  3  10  ln 2 volt
7
RR
1 1
i
(B)  6  10  ln 2 volt
7
(C) 12  10  ln 2 volt

7
(D)  24  10  ln 2 volt

7

6. A non-conducting uniformly charged sphere is kept on a rough E
inclined plane. A uniform electric field is present in the
horizontal direction as shown in the figure. The angle of
inclination is 45° and coefficient of friction between the sphere
1
and the inclined plane is . As the sphere is released, it is in
7
the state of impending motion and starts pure rolling. For this 
the ratio of gravitational force to electrostatic force on the
sphere is
(A) 1/3
(B) 3
(C) 1/5
(D) 5

7. A fuse made of a lead wire with a cross-section of 0.2 mm2 is incorporated into a circuit of copper
wire with a cross-section of 2 mm2. On short circuiting the current reaches 30A. The temperature
of wires before short circuiting is T0 = 20°C. Neglect the loss of heat due to thermal conductivity
and radiation. Take the specific heat of lead and copper as constant and equal to C 1 = 0.032
cal/gmC and C2 = 0.091 cal/gmC respectively. Given that resistivity and density of lead are 1 =
22 × 10–6 ohm-cm and d1 = 11.34 gm/cm3 and for copper 2 = 1.7 × 10–6 ohm-cm and d2 = 8.9
gm/cm3. The melting point of the lead is T1 = 327°C. Let “t0” is the time when the lead fuse begins
to melt after the short circuit occurs and t is the rise in temperature of copper wire during this
time. Then
(A) t0 = 0.095 sec
(B) t = 12.6°C
(C) t0 = 0.84 sec
(D) t = 0.106°C
8. A particle of mass ‘m’ and charge ‘q’ is projected from origin with initial velocity v 0 î  v 0 ˆj in a  
constant magnetic field B0 î and constant electric field E0 î . Now, choose the correct option(s)
regarding the motion of the particle.
(A) The path of the particle is a uniform helix.
mv 0
(B) The maximum magnitude of the y co-ordinate that the particle will have is .
qB0
(C) The minimum magnitude of the z co-ordinate that the particle will have is zero.
2mv 0
(D) The maximum magnitude of the z co-ordinate that the particle will have is .
qB0
9. A smooth adiabatic massless piston divides a thermally

insulated cylinder in two section of equal volume initially.
Section-1 containing two moles of an ideal diatomic gas and
in section-2 a vacuum is maintained. An ideal compressed
spring is connected in section-2 as shown in figure. The
natural length of spring is equal to the length of cylinder. Section-1 Section-2
Neglecting heat capacity of cylinder, piston and spring. Now
gas is heated in section-1. Choose the correct options.
(A) Change in the internal energy of the gas during heating of the gas is 10 times the work
done by the gas for the same time interval.
(B) Change in internal energy of the gas during heating of the gas is 5 times the work done
by the gas for the same time interval.
(C) Heat capacity of gas is 3R.
(D) Heat capacity of gas is 6R.
10. A charged conductor has two cavities. A point charge q1 is Q

placed inside the cavity-1 and q2 inside the cavity-2. ‘Q’
charge is given to the conductor. A point charge ‘q’ is also
placed outside the conductor. Choose the correct
alternative(s). q1
Cavity-1
q
Cavity-2
q2
(A) A charge (Q + q1 + q2) is uniformly distributed on the outer surface of the conductor.
(B) If charge q2 is placed at the centre of cavity-2 then the magnitude of electric field due to
the induced charge on the surface of cavity-2 at any point inside the conductor is zero.
(C) Electric field inside the conductor at a distance ‘r’ from point charge q due to the total
1 q
charge on the outer surface of conductor is towards the point charge q.
40 r 2
(D) Electric field outside the conductor at a distance ‘r’ from point charge q1 due to induced
1 q1
charge on the surface of cavity-1 is towards the charge q1.
40 r 2
11. Two boxes are connected with AC source e = 200 70 

sin 100t as shown in the figure. Box-1 contains a
resistor, capacitor and inductor while Box-2 contains 40  100 
a resistor and capacitor. At t = 0 switch S is closed,
Box-1
then choose the correct alternatives regarding the
given circuit.
30  40 
Box-2
~ S
e = 200 sin 100t
(A) Ratio of power factor of Box-1 and Box-2 is 4/3.

(B) Ratio of power factor of Box-1 and Box-2 is 3/4.
(C) Current passing through the voltage source is 4 2 sin(100t + 8) amp.
(D) Current passing through the voltage source is 4 2 sin(100t  8) amp.
12. Two cells of potential difference V1 = 20 Volt S1

R S2
and V2 = 10 Volt, two capacitors C1 = 3F
and C2 = 6 F and a resistance R = 5k are
connected in a circuit with the help of three V1 C1 C2 V2
switches S1, S2 and S3 as shown in the
figure. Initially switches S1 and S2 are closed
and S3 is opened so that capacitor C1 and C2 S3
are charged. Now at t = 0, S1 and S2 are
opened and S3 is closed simultaneously.
Choose the correct alternative(s).
(A) Ratio of work done by cell V1 and cell V2 is 2 : 1.
1  1
(B) The charge passed through the switch S3 at t  sec is 60  1   C.
100  e
1 6
(C) The current passing through the switch S3 at t  sec is milli-ampere.
100 e
1
(D) The ratio of charges on the capacitors C1 and C2 at t  sec is 1 :1
100
SECTION – C
13. 9 resistors and 3 cells are connected in a

10  20 
circuit as shown in the figure. What should be
the value of emf E (in volt) of the battery in 60 
order to flow a current of 2 ampere through
the 5 volt cell.
60 
2 amp 30  5
+ 5V 10 V +
15  E
 
5
20
14. An ideal gas is enclosed in a cylindrical container of radius r, fitted

with a light cork on its top. The coefficient of friction between the
cork
cork and the container wall is ‘’. Initially the gas inside the
container is at atmosphere pressure ‘P0’. Now gas inside the
container is slowly heated, the cork is pushed out when the
temperature of gas becomes four times as it was initially. Find the
normal force per unit length (in kilo-newton/meter) exerted by the
cork on the wall of the container. (Given P0 = 1.01 × 105 N/m2, r =
40 cm,  = 0.5) r
15. A conducting rectangular loop of dimension (a b) falls

in a magnetic field of magnitude 120 Tesla which is b
directed inward the plane of paper. The magnetic field
exist in a circular region of radius 2m. The mass of
conducting loop is 60 gm and it has resistance equal to g
a
60 . The acceleration due to gravity (g = 10 m/s2) is
vertically downward. Conducting loop is released, while  
only the bottom edge of the loop is immersed in the  

magnetic field. It is assumed that loop attains a 
 
terminal velocity during the motion. It is also given that 
  
a = 10 cm and b = 5 cm. Find the terminal velocity of 
the conducting loop (in m/s). 
  
 B

 v
 
 
70
16. A frustum of cone has N = 1000 turns closely wound on its surface carrying current i  amp
22
as shown in the figure. The smaller and bigger radius of frustum are a = 10 cm and b = 20 cm
1
respectively. The slant length of frustum is  0  m . Find the magnetic field (in micro tesla) at
2
22
the vertex ‘O’ of the cone. (Given that   , n2 = 0.693)
7
0
b
a
17. A blackened sphere is maintained at a 327°C by means of a heater. The blackened sphere is
enveloped by a thin spherical shell black screen. The radius of blackened sphere and spherical
shell are nearly same. The atmospheric temperature is considered at 0K. The nature of
blackened sphere and spherical shell are assumed to be black body. Find the temperature of the
spherical shell black screen in Kelvin. (Given (2)1/4 = 1.19).
18. The resistance of a conductor is given by R = R0 (1 + at + bt2 + ct3), where a, b and c are positive
constants, R0 is the resistance at 0C and ‘t’ is the temperature in C. The values of a, b and c are
2  102 (C)1, 2  104 (C)2 and 2  106 (C)3 respectively. Find the temperature coefficient of
resistance in (C)1 at temperature 100C.
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 13-12-2020

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. C
 a y (3a/2, 5a/2, 0)
Sol. If a point charge is at  a, 2a, then given surface is
 2 
1
th of a square surface of side ‘a’
8
(3a/2, 2a, 0)
(a, 2a, 0)
2. D
Sol. In the steady state current through each bulb is
400
i0  2A
100  100
Now, when the switch is opened, the direction of current in bulb B1 is reversed.
3. B
Sol. Initially
P1V1 = nRT1 …(1)
and
AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/2021 2
mg 7
P2  P0    105 Pa …(2)
A 3
P2V2 = nRT2 …(3)
P2 T2
So 
P1 T1
T2 = 700 K = 427°C
4. C
Q   S R
Sol. Let B A  d   90 = x
P
S  
 B B  d   50 = y
R
Now, apply amperes low in loop PQRS

 y 
2  x    ( 2x  y)  ( 8x  4y)  (4x  2y)  0 (5i0 )
 2   P Q
i0  23 amp
5. D
Sol. d  B.h.dr
R2
0N 2i
 
R
. h dr
4 r
1
 Nhi R 2
 0 ln
2 R1
  Nh R 
  0 ln 2  i0 cos t
 2 R1 
d
emf 
dt
 hNi0 R 2
 emf max  0 ln
2 R1
6. B
Sol. At the state of impending motion, friction force has maximum value.
mg sin   qE cos   ff  ma0
a 0  r
On solving 3qE = mg
7. A, D
Sol. i2R1t  m1c1  T1  T0 
c 1d1S12  T1  T0 
t0   0.095 sec
i2 1
Also i2R 2 t  m2c 2  T 
R1 m1c 1  T1  T0 

R2 m 2 c 2 T
3 AITS-PT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/2021
c1d1S122
T   T1  T0   0.106 C
c 2 d2S221
8. B, C, D
Sol. Since the particle is having acceleration along x-axis so the path of the particle is a non uniform
helix.
9. B, D
   
Pi  A 2   2RTi 
   
Sol.  
P  A    x    2RT 
 f   2 

f
 …(1)
  
PAi K 
2
 
Pf A  K    x  
 2  …(2)
 
Now
   2 
K    2RTi 
 2 
 
 
2
 
K  2  x   2RTf 
    …(3)
Work done by gas,
dw = pdv = (ky)dy
 / 2 x 
K     
2 2
W K 
/2
ydy    x     
2  2   2  
…(4)
Change in internal energy

5
U  nCV T  2. R  Tf  T  …(5)
2
Q  W  U  6R T
Q
C  6R
T
10. C, D
Sol. Charges are non-uniformly distributed on the outer surface of the conductor due to point charge
‘q’.
11. A, C
Sol. Phasor diagram of Box-1 eL
e0
100  70 3
tan 1  
40 4 1
z1  (xL  xC )  R  50 2 2
eR i1
200
i1   4 eC
50
Phasor Diagram of Box-2
40 4
tan 2  
30 3 2 eR i2
z2  x  R  50
2
C
2
e0
eC
200
i2   4 amp
50
12. A, B, C, D
Sol. Let a charge ‘q’ flown from capacitor C1to S1 S2
R
C2 at time ‘t’. Now for KVL. i
C1V1  q C V q
 iR  2 2 0 …(i) C1V1 q
C1 C2 V1 C2V2 + q
V2
C1 C2
Let V1 + V2 = V
1 1 1
 
C C1 C2
After solving
 
t

q  CV  1  e RC 
 
SECTION – C
13. 00108.75
Sol. Circuit can be redrawn as shown. 2 amp 20 
5  40  20i  0
9 5V
i …(i) 15  E
4
E 15(2 i) + 20i = 0 (2 i)
E = 108.75
20 i
14. 00121.20
2
Sol. F.B.D. of cork P0r
N + P0r2 = 4P0r2
3P0 r 2
N

N 3 P0r Pgasr
2
So   121.2  10 3 N/m N
2r 2 
15. 00001.00
Sol. induced emf,  = BbvT
Bbv T
i
R
In equilibrium
mg = ibB
mgR
vT  2 2
Bb
16. 00110.88
Sol. Consider a strip of length dx at x from apex along the slant length
N 
di   dx  i …(i)
 0 
 (di)r 2
dB  0 …(ii)
2 x3
r ba
sin    …(iii)
x 0
 0Ni(b  a)2  b 
So, B  n    110.88  10 6 Tesla
2 30 a
dx
x
r

O
17. 00504.20
Sol. At equilibrium
A  T 4  T14   AT14
T4
T14 
2
18. 00000.02
1 dR a  2bt  3ct 2
 0.02  C 
1
Sol.  
R dt 1  at  bt  ct
2 3
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 13-12-2020

correct answer(s).
a correct option;
and –1 mark for wrong answer.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. In a circular region centered at O and having radius R, magnetic P

field increases at a constant rate a0 T/sec. A wire frame OPQ Q

having resistance per unit length  /m is placed as shown in R 
the figure. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) VP = VO for any  as there is no induced emf across OP. O
B
a R2
(B) VO  VQ  0 for  = 45
8( 2  1)
a0 R2
(C) VO  VQ  for  = 45
2( 2  1)
a0 R 2
(D) VP  VQ  for  = 45
8 2
2. Two moles of an ideal monoatomic gas is taken through T

a cyclic process ABCA as shown in the T-V diagram. In
the process BC, T = V2, where  is a constant. Then B
1200K
choose the correct option(s). (R = ideal gas constant).
A
600K
300K
C
(A) The heat absorbed by the gas during the process AB is 3000 R.
(B) The heat rejected by the gas during the process BC is 3600 R.
(C) The heat rejected by the gas during the process BC is 1800 R.
(D) The total work done by the gas during the cyclic process is 300 R.
3. In the circuit shown, initially only switch-1 is closed 2 L0 = 2L

for a long time. Then switch-2 is also closed.
Choose the correct option(s).
L R0 = R
1
 R

(A) Current through the inductor ‘L0’ in the steady state after closing the switch-2 will be .
R

(B) Current through the inductor ‘L0’ in the steady state after closing the switch-2 will be .
2R
 5L 
(C) The total charge  2  will flow through the resistor ‘R0’ after closing the switch-2.
 2R 
 3L 
(D) The total charge  2  will flow through the resistor ‘R0’ after closing the switch-2.
 2R 
4. Choose the correct option(s).

(A) Coulomb’s law can be used to calculate force between two charges when they are at rest
only.
(B) Gauss’s Law can be applied for moving charges as well as for charges at rest.
(C) Two solid spheres of radius R1 and R2 (R1> R2) are made of same material and are
heated to same temperature. Smaller sphere will cool faster if both are kept in the same
environment.
(D) Kirchhoff’s circuital Laws (KCL and KVL) can be used for AC circuit also.
5. A capacitor and an inductor are connected in a 20 V R = 10 

circuit as shown in the figure. Initially switch S2
is at position-1 and switch S1 both are closed
for long time. Now S1 is opened and S2 is
shifted to position-2 at t = 0. Then choose the L = 2H 1
correct option(s). A
S2
B
C = 2F
2
P Q
S1
2V
(A) At t = 2 sec, charge on the capacitor is 4C with plate P as positive plate

(B) At t = 2 sec, charge on the capacitor is 4C with plate Q as positive plate
(C) Maximum current through the inductor is 2 2 A
(D) Current through the inductor at t = 3 seconds is 2A from B to A.
6. An AC source of voltage varying as 100  A

V = 100 sin (100 t) volts is connected with
resistance, capacitor and inductor as shown in
the figure. Choose the correct option(s). L = 2H
~
V =100 sin(100t) 100 F
(A) Voltage across capacitor at time t = /4 sec is 40 V.

(B) At t = 0 inductor will gain energy at rate 16 J/s
(C) At t = 0 capacitor will loose energy at rate 32 J/s
(D) Power consumption in circuit at t = 0 is 16 J/s.
SECTION – B
7. Three dielectrics are filled between K1 =4 K2 =2

parallel conducting plates, each plate Plate-2
Plate-1
having area 4 cm2. Dielectrics 2 and 3 Dielectric-2
are of same size. Charge on the upper
half of the plate-1 is q. Find the value of
Dielectric-3
q
(in volt meter). Dielectric -1
0
K3 =3
(Given d = 1 mm)
d d
30 V
8. A circular ring of mass 100 gm and radius 0.5 m has y

zero resistance. Initially its plane is in y-z plane and co-
axial with the magnet. It is given an initial velocity 1 m/s
towards the magnet when its centre is at origin at a
distance a0 from end P of the magnet. The axial
component of magnetic field is B x  B0 (1  x)T and the
radial component B r  2B 0 T. The maximum distance x
travelled by coil towards magnet from its initial position P
 k 
is   meter. Find the value of k. (Assuming initial
 10 
current in coil to be zero. a0 to be sufficiently large to
avoid collision of coil with magnet and plane of coil
always remains parallel to Y-Z plane. Given B0 = 0.1 T,
2 = 10, inductance of coil is 0.02 H)
9. A conducting disc of mass ‘m’ and volume ‘V’ is suspended with

the help of a light spring of force constant ‘k’ from a fixed support.
Thickness of the disc is much smaller than its radius. A uniform k
magnetic field of induction ‘B’ parallel to the plane of the disc is
established. The disc is slightly pulled down from equilibrium
position and then released. If the time period of small oscillations
m
of the disc is 2 . Find the value of . (Take  0 VB 2 = 2m)
k
10. A circular coil is made from wire of uniform area of cross section and
 
having resistance 12. A voltmeter of resistance 10 is connected   Q
between the points P and Q of the coil and placed at the centre of  
the coil as shown in the figure. Given magnetic field within region, B  
= 2t tesla. Area of circular coil is 6 m2 (Assume connecting wire has 60
  
no resistance). Calculate the reading of the volt meter in volt. 
 
P
11. A ball of mass 100 gm and carrying charge 1C is released from a point near the surface of earth,
in a uniform horizontal magnetic field of 2T. Find the maximum speed attained by the ball in m/s.
(Take g = 10 m/s2, assume ball attains maximum speed before hitting ground)
12. Two rods each of length L1 and one rod of length L2 form isosceles triangle having base of length
L2. Co-efficient of linear expansion of base is 1  106 /C while for rod of length L1 is 4  106 /C.
L 
Find the ratio  2  , if the length of latitude remains same when the temperature of the system is
 L1 
increased by 10C.
SECTION – C
13. A ring of area 20 cm2 is fixed to a rigid massless frame OPQ y

at its centre with the plane of ring perpendicular to PQ with
the help of a non conducting rigid massless wires. Initially Q
frame is in plane of paper and plane of ring is normal to the x 4 cm
plane of paper. Frame can rotate about horizontal axis
through O and normal to the plane of paper. A current of 2A B
flows through the ring. Find the initial angular acceleration of
system in rad/s2 about O. Mass of ring is 0.5 kg. A uniform P

 
magnetic field B  4iˆ  3 ˆj tesla is existing in the region. 120
3 cm
 100 
14. A capacitor having capacitance 100 F, filled with dielectric having resistance    , is
  
100
connected in series with a resistance of  . Breakdown voltage of capacitor is 150 V. An AC
 2
voltage V = V0sin(100t) is applied across the combination. Find the maximum value of V0 so that
capacitors functions properly.
15. A body of mass 2 gm has specific heat capacity 0.25 cal/gm-C and surface area 30 cm2. It is
kept in an enclosure which is maintained at temperature 127C. Body is being supplied heat at
rate 2 watt. If temperature of body is 27C and its absorptive power is 0.5. Determine the rate at
which its temperature is changing (in K/s) at the given instant. (Stefan’s constant is 5.67  108
W/m2-k4, 1 cal = 4.2 J)
16. Two conducting spherical shells S1 of radius R and S2 of radius 2R S2

are co-centric. A charge Q = 20 C is kept at the centre and another
same charge Q is given to S1 and Q to S2. Determine the loss of S1
energy( in Joule) when switch S is closed (Given R = 9 cm)
R
S
2R
17. A thin conducting spherical shell of radius R and wall thickness t tears apart when placed in a
uniform electric field E0. Another thin spherical shell of same material but of radius 3R and wall
E 
thickness 2t is placed in a uniform electric field E. For what value of   later shell will tear
 E0 
apart.
18. Rheostat is inside water kept in insulated box (ignore outlet

conductivity of the water). Water enters through inlet
at 2mg/sec at temperature 15C and comes out at
same rate through outlet, at temperature 27C. Wire inlet
12V
of rheostat is cylindrical in shape having surface area
20 cm2 and emissivity 0.5. Resistance of rheostat in C
the circuit is 100 at 0C. Rheostat is connected in A B
potentiometer arrangement along with driving cell of E=5V
12V and cell of emf 5V as shown in the figure. If 5
balancing length AC is 40 cm at steady state. Find the
length of wire AB in cm. Assume water in the box
remains at temperature 27C throughout,  = 5.65 
108 W/m2-k4. Thermal coefficient of resistivity of
rheostat material = 4  103 /C, specific heat of water
= 4.2 J/gm-C.
PART TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 13-12-2020

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B, D
R2  dB a0R2 
Sol. Induced emf in the loops,   
2 dt 2
Induced current in the loop,
 a0R
I 
2R(1  cos ) 4(1  cos )
a0R 2  cos 
VO  VQ  I2R cos  
2(1  cos )
At  = 45,
a0R 2 
VO  VQ 
8( 2  1)
a 0R 2  a0 R 2  a R 2   1  2cos  
VP  VQ    IR    0  
2 4(1  cos ) 4  1  cos  
For  = 45,
a R2 
VP  VQ  0
8 2
2. A, B, D
5R
Sol. QAB = nCPT = 2  (1200  600)  3000 R
2
In the process BC, T = V2
PV1 = constant
Molar heat capacity in the process BC,
R 3R R
C  CV   
(1  x) 2 2
C = 2R
QBC = nCT = 2  2R (300  1200) = 3600 R
3R
QCA = nCVT = 2  (600  300) = 900 R
2
The total work done by the gas during the cyclic process.
Wcycle = Qcycle = 3000 R  3600 R + 900 R = 300 R
3. A, C
Sol. Current through the inductor ‘L0’ in the steady i2 L0 = 2L

state after closing the switch-2 will be IS 
R
di2 di1
Now, 2L L  i1R 0
dt dt
 /R 0 L R0 = R
2L  di2  L  di1  R0  i1dt
0  / 2R i1
   
2L  L0    R0 q
R  2R 
 R
5L 5L
 R 0 q   q 
2R 2RR0
5L
q 
2R 2
4. A, B, C, D
Sol. Cooling rate is inversely proportional to the radius of sphere.
5. B, C, D
Sol. At t = 0, current through the inductor = 2A, charge on the capacitor = 4C
1 1 2
  sec 1 , T =  4 sec
LC 2 
2
qmax 1 1
  2(2)2   2(2)2  qmax  4 2C
4 2 2
 3 
q  4 2 sin  t 
 4 
 3 
i  2 2 cos  t 
 4 
6. A, B, C, D
Sol. XC  100ˆj , xL  200jˆ
1 1 1
 
z AB 200 j 100 ˆj
ˆ
ZAB = 200 ĵ
For circuit, z = 100  200 ĵ
V0 100 1  2ˆj
i0R   
z 100(1  2j) 5
1
i0R  sin(100t  tan 1 2)
5
vR  20 5 sin(100t  tan1 2)
1
v AB   ( 200ˆj)  40 5 ˆj
5
 
VL  VC  40 5 sin  100t  tan1 2  
 2
VC 40 5 2 ˆ
i0C    j
Xc 100ˆj 5
2
iC  sin(100t  tan1 2)
5
40 5 1 ˆ
i0L   j
ˆ
200 j 5
1
iL  sin(100t  tan1 2  )
5
1 2 2 2 2 4
At t = 0, iL  
  A , iC    
5 5 5 5 5 5
1
VC  VL  40 5   40 Volt
5
 2
We gained by inductor =     ( 40)  16 J/S
 5
4
Power gained by capacitor =     40 
5
1 2 2
At t = 0, iR    A
5 5 5
2
VR  20 5   40V
5
2
Power consumed =  40  16 J/s
5
SECTION – B
7. 8
 
Sol.  10 3   10 3  30
40 20

  4  10 4
0
q
 4  10 4  2  10 4  8 V  m
0
8. 2
Sol. Resistance of coil is zero  emf
Developed will be zero so  = constant
or Li + B0 (1 x) R2 = constant
at t = 0, i = 0  = B0R2
or Li + B0(1  x) R2 = B0R2
 Li = B0R2x
B R2
or i  0 x
L
acceleration of coil
4B2 2R3
ma2  i  2R  2B0   0 x
L
4B02 2R3
ax   x
mL
4B02 2R3
As ax x  motion in S.H.M. and 2 =
mL
x = A sin (t + )
dx
v  A cos(t  )
dt
at t = 0, v =  v0
v
 v0 = A or A = 0

9. 3
Sol. eE = evB
E = Bv …(i)
 A k
q   0  V0 (V0 = potential drop)
 d 
 A
q   0  Ed x v
 d 
q = 0AE I
d
q = 0ABv
dq dv B
I  0 AB …(ii)
dt dt
Now,
dv
m  kx  BId
dt
dv  dv 
m  kx  Bd  0 AB 
dt  dt 
dv dv
m  kx  0 VB 2 (where V = Ad = volume of the
dt dt
disc)
m  0 VB2  dv
dt
 kx
dv kx

dt (m  0 VB 2 )
d2 x kx

dt 2
(m   0 VB2 )
m   0 VB 2
Time period, T  2
k
10. 0
Sol. 2  2i  10(i1) = 0 i i1
i + 5i1 = 1 …(i) D
10  10(i i1) + 10i1 = 0 10   
  Q
i 2i1 = 1 …(ii)  i1 
Solving (i) and (ii), i1 = 0  O
 Reading of voltmeter is zero. II 60
   i
I

 
P
11. 1
Sol. Work done by magnetic field zero. (0, 0)
1 x
 
mgy = mv 2 F sin = Fy
2
  F 
v  2gy …(i)
 
max = Fx  F cos 
dv (x, y) v sin
m x  qvBcos   qBv y 
dt   v
dv dy y  
 m x  qB  v cos 
dt dt
mv x  qBy
qBy
vx  …(ii)
m
Speed will be maximum at lowest point v = vx at lowest
point.
qB v 2
v 
m 2g
2mg 2  0.1 10
v    1 m/s
qB 1 2
12. 4
L22
Sol. h2  L21 
4
Differentiating and using dL=L  t
1 L1
0  2L11L1t  2L 2  2L2 t
4
h
1
L1L11t  L 2L 2  2 t
4
L2  4  10 6
 2 1 2 4 L2
L1 2 1 10 6
SECTION – C
13. 00006.97
Range 6.90 to 7.00
  
Sol.   MB
 
 (2  20  10 4 ) cos 30iˆ  sin30 ˆj  (4iˆ  3 ˆj)
 20  10 4
3kˆ  4(k)ˆ  = 140  10 4
kˆ N-m
mR2
I0   md2
2
1 20  10 4 1
=    37  10 4
4  2
(10  37)
  104
2
140  10 4  2 140  2
 4

(10  37 )  10 10  37 
879.646
 6.968 rad/s2
126.239
14. 00391.96
Range 390.96 to 392.96
2 2 100
1        2 
Sol.      100   100 100 F  2
Z1  100   
100 R2 I
Z1  R1
 2
100 (100/) 
i0   150 2
 2 i V
300 ~
i0   3
100 Z1 R2
V1 V2
~
2 2 100
 100   100   100  100  1 V2  i0 
v 0  i0      2    2
  2    2    2   2  2
100 45 i
 3  2 2
 2
1 100
 300 1  = 391.96 V1  i0 
2  2
390.96 to 392.96 volts
15. 00001.66
Range 1.60 to 1.70
 dT 
  aAT0  eATb  2
4 4
Sol. ms 
 dt 
= 2.177  0.6889  2
= 3.4831 watt
 dT 
2  0.25  4.2    3.4831
 dt 
dT
 1.66 K/sec
dt
1.60 to 1.70 K/sec
16. 00040.00
Sol. When switch S is open +
+ +
kQ2 kQ2 kQ2 kQ2 kQ2
Energy = U0      2Q +
2R 4R R 2R 2R
2 + Q
3kQ Q
 U0  -2Q +
4R Q
+ +
+ +
+
When switch S is closed + +Q
+ +
kQ2 kQ2 kQ2 kQ2 kQ2
Energy U2  U0      +
2R 4R R 2R 2R
2 + Q
kQ
 U0  +
4R Q
kQ2 + +
Loss of energy = U1 U2 =
R +
12 +
9  10  400  10
9
+
  40J
9  10 2
17. 00000.82
Range 0.80 to 0.83
Sol. Force acting on hemisphere
F SE
Where  is charge ensily
S  surface area
E  electric field present
as E
 F  SE2
 R 2E 2
For spherical shell of thickness 2t and radius 3R will require 6 timesforceto tear apart compared
to first shell.
6F  (3R)2.E2
F  R 2E 02
2
E  E 2
 6  9   
 E0  E0 3
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 20-12-2020

wrong answer.
correct answer(s).
a correct option;
Negative Marks: 2 In all other cases.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(MCQ Single Correct type)
This section contains 06 questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which
ONLY ONE is correct.
1. Find the period of the free oscillations of M1 if mass M1 is slightly pulled

down and released. Force constant of the spring is k, fixed pulley is
massless and the smooth movable pulley has mass M2.
M  M2
(A) T  2 1
k
M2
M  4M2 M1
(B) T  2 1 k
k
4M1  M2
(C) T  2
k
3M1  M2
(D) T  2
k
2. A wire of length  having tension T and radius r vibrates with a fundamental frequency f. Another
wire of the same metal with length 2 having tension 2T and radius 2 r will vibrate with a
fundamental frequency
(A) f
f
(B)
2 2
(C) 2f
f
(D)
2
3. In the figure shown ABC is the cross section of a B E
right-angled prism. BCDE is the cross section of a
glass slab. Find the value of  so that the light
incident normally on the face AB does not cross
the face BC. [Given sin–1(3/5) = 37o] n2
(A)  < 37o n1 = 3/2 =6/5
(B)  > 37o
(C)   53o 
(D)  < 53o A C D
4. The activity of a sample of radioactive material is R1 at time t1 and R2 at time t2(t2> t1). If mean life
of the radioactive sample is T, then
(A) R1t1  R 2 t 2
R1  R2
(B) = constant
t 2  t1
t t 
(C) R 2  R1 exp  1 2 
 T 
 t 
(D) R 2  R1 exp  1 
 Tt 2 
5. Star initially has 1040 deuterons. It produces energy via processes H2  1H2  1 H3  p and
1
1 H2  1H3  2 He4  n . If the average power radiated by the star is 1016Watt, the deuteron supply
of the star is exhausted in a time of the order of:
(mass of H2 = 2.014u, m(p)  1.007u, m(n)  1.008u , m(He 4 )  4.001 u )
(A) 106 s
(B) 108 s
(C) 1012 s
(D) 1016 s
6. A point source S of light of power 2  103 Watt emitting mono

energetic photons of energy 5eV each is placed at a distance
R = 40 cm
50 cm from the centre of an uncharged stationary metallic
sphere of radius 40 cm and work function 2eV. The efficiency S d = 50 cm
O
of photoelectron emission is one for every 10 6 incident
photons. Assume that the sphere is isolated and the
photoelectrons are instantly swept away after emission. The
time after which the photoelectron emission stops will be
(A) 4.33 sec
(B) 2.33 sec
(C) 2.67 sec
(D) 1.67 sec
7. In a resonance tube experiment, a closed organ pipe of length 120 cm resonates when tuned with
a tuning fork of frequency 340 Hz. If water is poured in the pipe then choose the correct option(s).
(Given vair = 340 m/s)
(A) Minimum length of water column in the pipe to create the resonance is 45 cm
(B) The distance between the two successive nodes is 50 cm
(C) Maximum length of water column in the pipe to create the resonance is 95 cm
(D) Maximum length of water column in the pipe to create the resonance is 105 cm
8. An ideal spring of natural length 40 cm has a spring constant 500 N/m. A block of mass 1 kg is
attached at one end of the spring and other end of the spring is attached to ceiling. The block is
released from rest from the position, where the spring has length 45 cm. (g = 10 ms -2)
(A) The block will perform SHM of amplitude 5 cm.
(B) The block will have maximum velocity 30 √5 cm/sec
(C) The block will have maximum acceleration 15 m/s2
(D) The minimum potential energy of the spring will be zero
9. In the diagram shown, a ray of light is incident on the

interface between 1 and 2 at angle slightly greater than
critical angle. The light suffers total internal reflection at 2
1
this interface. After that the light ray falls at the interface
of 1and 3, and again it suffers total internal reflection.
Which of the following relations should hold true?
(A) 1<2 <3 3
(B) 12  22  32
(C) 12  32  22
(D) 12  22  32
10. A semi-circular silver sheet of radius R and mass m is folded to form a cone with its base in x-y
plane as shown in the figure. If a block of mass m is sliding on its inclined surface with a constant
velocity and a ray of light in x-z plane propagating along negative x-axis is incident on it, then
which of the following is/are correct.
z
B
A C
A B C
(A) k  3
1
(B) k 
3
î 3
(C) unit vector along the reflected ray will be  k̂
2 2
î 3
(D) unit vector along the reflected ray will be  ĵ
2 2
11. A luminous point object is placed at O, whose image is O

formed at I as shown in the figure. Line AB is the optical
axis. Which of the following statement is/are correct?
B
(A) If a lens is used to obtain the image, then it must be a converging lens and its optical
center will be the intersection point of line AB and OI.
(B) If a lens is used to obtain the image, then it must be a diverging lens and its optical center
will be the intersection point of line AB and OI.
(C) If a mirror is used to obtain the image then the mirror must be concave and object and
image subtend equal angles at the pole of the mirror.
(D) I is a real Image.
12. Points A (0, 1cm) and B (12cm, 5cm) are object image pair (one of the point acts as object and
the other point as image) x-axis is the principal axis of the mirror. Then this object image pair is:
(A) Due to a convex mirror of focal length 2.5 cm
(B) Due to a concave mirror having its pole at (2 cm, 0)
(C) Real virtual pair
(D) Data is insufficient for (A) and (B)
SECTION – C
13. A light ray I is incident on a plane mirror M. The mirror is

9
rotated in the clockwise direction at a frequency

I
rev/sec. The light reflected by the mirror is received on
the wall W at a distance 10 m from the axis of rotation. 37
When the angle of incidence becomes 37o and the plane
mirror is horizontal as shown in the figure. Find the speed M
(in m/s) of the spot (a point) on the wall. W
O
10 m
14. A liquid of specific gravity 0.5 is filled in a large container shown A

in the figure. Area of cross section of tube is negligible as
compared to the area of cross section of container. If the 3m
pressure at point A is given by x  104 N/m2. Find x. (Given 1m
atmospheric pressure, P0 = 105 N/m2, g = 10 m/s2)
4m
15. In YDSE, a thin plate of glass of refractive index 1.4 is placed normally in the path of one of the
coherent interfering beams of a monochromatic light of wavelength 5000 Å. If central bright band
of fringe system is formed at the position of second bright band from centre, when no plate is
placed. Find the thickness of the glass plate in µm.
9
16. A point source of power    watts is producing sound waves. The velocity of sound is 330m/s,
2
3
density of air is 1.0 kgm . Then find the pressure amplitude (in Nm-2) at a distance r = 330 m
from the point source.
17. A string fixed at both ends is vibrating in the lowest mode of vibration for which a point at quarter
of its length from one end is a point of maximum displacement. The frequency of vibration in this
mode is 100 Hz. The frequency emitted when it vibrates in the just next higher mode such that
this point is again a point of maximum displacement is  × 40 Hz. Find the value of .
18. In a setup of displacement method experiment, distance between the screen and a light source is
140 cm and the lens used has a small aperture. By moving the lens between the source and the
screen, sharp images are obtained on the screen for two different positions of the lens. The ratio
of sizes of these two images is 16 : 1. Find the focal length of the lens (in cm).
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 20-12-2020

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. C
Sol. If the mass is displaced by x and has speed v spring will extend by x/2
& M 2 will have speed v/2
Energy of this system can be written as
2 2
1 x 1 v 1 x v/2
M1gx  M1v 2  M2 g  M2    K   = constant
2 2 2 2 2 2
x/2
x
1 x 1 1
M1gx  M1v 2  M2 g  M2 v 2  Kx 2 = constant M1 k
2 2 8 8
Differentiate w.r.t. time v
dv M2 g 1 dv 1
M1gv  M1v  v  M2 v  Kx.v  0
dt 2 4 dt 4
dv M2 g M2 dv 1
 M1g  M1    Kx  0
dt 2 4 dt 4
 M2  dv K M2 g
 M1  4  dt   4 x  M1g  2
 
dv  K  2(2M1  M2 )g
a   x 
dt  4M1  M2  4M1  M2
K
Here 2 
4M1  M2
2 4M1  M2
T  2
 K
2. B
1 T
Sol. use f 
2 
3. A
Sol. For total internal reflection at face BC, 90o –  > C B E
90o – C >  ..... (1)
For refraction at surface BC
3 6 4
sinC  sin 90  sinC 
2 5 5 n1 = 3/2 n2
90 = 6/5
C = 53o ..... (2)
From 1 & 2  90o – 53o >   37o > 

A C D
4. C
Sol. If R0 be the initial activity of the sample, then R1  R0 e t1 and R2  R0 et2
1
Where   { Mean life T = 1/}
T
R 2 e t2
   e ( t1  t2 )
R1 e t1
t t 
 R 2  R1 exp  1 2 
 T 
5. C
1H  1H  1 H  p
2 2 3
Sol.
1 H2  1H3  2 He4  n
31H2 2 He4  p  n
  
m  m 2 He4  m(p)  m(n)  3m 1H2  
 m   4.001  1.007  1.008  3(2.014) u
m  0.026u
 |E| = c2|m|
 E = (9  1016) (0.026  1.67  1027)
 E = (931.5) (0.026) MeV
 E = 3.87  1012J
1040
As each reaction involves 3 deutrons, so total number of reactions involved in the process 
3
. If each reaction produces an energy E, then
1040
Etotal  E  1.29  1028 J
3
Etotal = Pt
Time of exhaustion of the star
1.29  1028
t
1016
 t = 1.29  1012 s
6. D
P0
Sol. P  2(1  cos  ) 30 cm
4 R = 40 cm
P  3 
P  0 1   S  d=50 cm O
2  5
P0 2  103
P 
5 5
P = 4  10 watt
4
No. of photoelectrons emitted per second

4  104
ne  19
 5  108 photoelectrons/sec
5  1.6  10  10 6
Let after time ‘t’ the photoelectron emission will stop.

q n et
 vS  e  vS
40R 40R
9  109  5  108  1.6  10 19  t
3
0.4
30 5
t 
18 3
t = 1.67 sec
7. A, B, C
Sol.  = 1m
x
/4 = x
So, x = 25 cm
Maximum length of water column = 120  25 = 95 cm max
y = 3/4 = 75 cm
Minimum length of water column = 120  75 = 45 cm
Distance between the two successive nodes =/2 = 50 cm
min
8. B, C, D
Sol. Initial extension is 5cm and equilibrium is at the extension of 2 cm. So Amplitude of SHM is 3cm
9. B, C, D
Sol. For T.I.R. at interface of 1&2
i > C1  sin i > sin C1 ............ (1) 1
i
sin i > sin C1 2
i
Taking refraction at interface of 1&2 90i

1 sin C1 = 2 sin 90o sin C1 = 2 ............ (2)
1
3
Form (1) and (2)

sin i > 2
1
For T.I.R. at interface of 2 and3 90o – i > C2
sin (90o – i) > sin C2cos i > sin C2 ............ (3)
Taking refraction at interface of 2 & 3
3
1 sin C2 = 3 sin 90osin C2 = ............ (4)
1
From (3) & (4)
 
cos i > 3  1  sin2 i  3
1 1
 22 32
1 
12 12
12  22  32 and 12  32  22
Obviously, 12   22   32
10. A, C
Sol. To find unit vector along reflected ray use the two laws of reflection.
11. A, C, D
Sol. (A) O
B
A
(C) O
i
A B i
I
(D) Image is inverted  It should be real

12. A, B, C
Sol. Due to a convex mirror of focal length 2.5 cm, due to a concave mirror having its pole at (2 cm, 0)
real virtual pair.
SECTION – C
13. 01000.00
Sol. x = 10 tan 
N P
dx d
 10 sec 2  …(1)
dt dt I
when the mirror is rotated by angle  reflected ray will rotate
x
by angle 2, so i
i
d d
2 …(2) M 
dt dt
O
From (1) and (2) 10 m
dx d dx
 10 sec 2   2   20 sec 2   
dt dt dt
dx
 20 sec 2   2n when i = 37o,  = 53o
dt
2
dx 9 dx 5
 20 sec 2 53  2    20     2  9  1000 m/s
dt  dt 3
14. 00006.50
v 2 v 2 A
Sol. P0  1  0  PA  gh  2
2 2 v1 3m
( v 2  2g  5  10  v1 ) 1m
 v12 v 22 
    gh  (PA  P0 )
 2 2  4m
v 2 v2
(PA  P0 )  gh  2
2
10 3
103 10  10
PA  105   10  2  
2 2 2
PA  6.5  10 4 N/m2
15. 00002.50
Sol. (  1)t  2
2
t
(  1)
t = 25  107 m = 2.5 m
16. 00001.50
P02 Power
Sol. I
2v 4r 2
Put the values to get the answer.
17. 00007.50
2v (n = 2)
Sol. f1  …(i)
2L A C
B
6v
f2  …(ii)
2L
f2 6v / 2L
 3 B C
f1 2v A
2L (n = 6)
f2 = 3f1 = 3  100 = 300
Hz
18. 00022.40
2
D x 
Sol.  D  x   16
 
D x 
 4
D x 
x 3 3D 3
  x   140  84 cm
D 5 5 5
Focal length of the lens
D2  x 2
f
4D
(140)2  (84)2
f  22.40 cm
4  140
f = 22.40 cm
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 20-12-2020

correct answer(s).
a correct option;
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. There are three strings RP, PQ, QS as shown in the figure. Their mass and lengths are RP =
(0.1kg, 2m), PQ = (0.2kg, 3m), QS = (0.15kg, 4m) respectively. All the strings are under same
tension. Wave-1 is incident at P. It is partly reflected (Wave-2) and partly transmitted (wave-3).
Now wave-3 is incident at Q. It is again partly transmitted (wave-5) and partly reflected (wave-4).
Choose the correct option(s).
1 3 5
R P Q S
2 4
(A) Phase difference between the wave-1 and the wave-2 is .
(B) Phase difference between the wave-3 and the wave-4 is zero .
A3 2 3
(C) 
A1 2  3
A4 1
(D) 
A3 7
2. A string of mass m is fixed at both of its ends. The fundamental mode of string is excited and it
has an angular frequency  and maximum displacement amplitude A. Then :
1
(A) The maximum kinetic energy of the string is Ek  mA 2 2
4
1
(B) The maximum kinetic energy of the string is Ek  mA 2 2
2
(C) The mean kinetic energy of the string averaged over tone periodic time is
1
 Ek  mA 2 2
4
(D) The mean kinetic energy of the string averaged over tone periodic time is
1
 Ek  mA 2 2
8
3. The figure shows a container filled with a liquid of density . Four

points A, B, C and D lie on the vertices of a vertical square.
Points A and C lie on a vertical line and points B and D lie on a
A
horizontal line. Choose the correct statement (s) about the
pressure at the four points
(A) PD  PB
(B) PA  PB  PD  PC D B
PC  PA
(C) PD  PB  C
2
PC  PA
(D) PD  PB 
2
4. A body suspended from a spring balance is kept in a satellite. The reading of the balance is W 1
when the satellite goes in an orbit of radius R and is W2 when it goes in an orbit of radius 2R.
Mark the incorrect options:
(A) W1=W2
(B) W1<W2
(C) W1>W2
(D) W1≠W2
5. Consider (i) a vernier callipers in which each 1 cm on the main scale is divided into 8 equal
divisions and (ii) a screw gauge with 100 divisions on its circular scale. In the vernier callipers 5
divisions of the vernier scale coincides with 4 divisions on the main scale and in the screw gauge,
one complete rotation of the circular scale moves it by two divisions on the linear scale. Now,
which of the following statements is/are correct?
(A) If the pitch of the screw gauge is twice the least count of the vernier callipers, the least
count of the screw gauge is 0.01 mm.
(B) If the pitch of the screw gauge is twice the least count of the vernier callipers, the least
count of the screw gauge is 0.005 mm.
(C) If the least count of the linear scale of the screw gauge is twice the least count of the
vernier callipers, the least count of the screw gauge is 0.01 mm.
(D) If the least count of the linear scale of the screw gauge is twice the least count of the
vernier callipers, the least count of the screw gauge is 0.005 mm.
6. Two spherical bodies, each of mass M, are kept with their centres at a distance 2L apart. A
particle of mass m is projected from the mid-point of the line joining their centres and
perpendicular to it. The gravitational constant is G. Which of the following statements is/are true?
(A) The minimum initial velocity of the mass m to escape the gravitational field of the two
GM
bodies is 4
L
(B) The minimum initial velocity of the mass m to escape the gravitational field of the two
GM
bodies is 2
L
(C) The minimum initial velocity of the mass m to escape the gravitational field of the two
2GM
bodies is
L
(D) The total mechanical energy of the mass m remains constant.
SECTION – B
This section contains 06 questions. The answer to each question is a single Digit integer ranging from 0
to 9, both inclusive.
7. A cylindrical vessel open at the top is 20 cm high and 10 cm in diameter. A circular hole whose
cross-sectional area 1 cm2 is cut at the centre of the bottom of the vessel. Water flows from a
tube above it into the vessel at the rate 100 cm3s–1. Find the height (in cm) of water in the vessel
under steady state. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
8. A spherical ball of density  and radius 0.003m is dropped into a tube

containing a viscous fluid filled up to the 0 cm mark as shown in the 0 cm
figure. Viscosity of the fluid = 1.260 N-s.m-2 and its density L = /2 =
1260 kg.m–3. Assume the ball attains the terminal speed by the 10 cm 10 cm
mark. Find the time taken (in sec) by the ball to traverse the distance 20 cm
between the 10 cm and 20 cm mark. (Take g = 10 ms–2)
9. A fish is near the centre of a spherical bowl filled with water ( = 4/3). A child stands in air at a
distance 2R (R is the radius of curvature of the sphere) from the centre of the bowl. At what
distance (in m) from the centre would the child nose appear to the fish situated at the centre.
7
(Given R = m )
3
10. An object is placed at a distance of 15 cm from a convex lens of focal length 10 cm. On the other
side of the lens, a convex mirror is placed at its focus such that the image formed by the
combination coincides with the object itself. If the focal length of the convex mirror is 5n cm. Find
the value of n.
11. Two particles of a medium disturbed by the wave propagation are located at x 1 = 0 and x2 = 1cm.
The respective displacements (in cm) of the particles can be given by the equations
y1 = 2 sin 3t
 
y 2  2sin  3t  
 8
The wave velocity is 3k cm/sec. Find the value of k.
12. An ionization counter is used to investigate the disintegration rate of a certain radioactive sample.
At the start of the experiment , the counter gives 141 pulses in 20 seconds . After 3 days it gives
100 pulses in 20 seconds . Find the half life of the sample in days (Take 2 = 1.41).
SECTION – C
13. In a certain hypothetical radioactive decay process, species A decays into species B and species
B decays into species C according to the given reactions.
A  2B + particles + energy
B  3C + particles + energy
The decay constant for species A is 1 = 1 sec-1 and that for species B is 2 = 100 sec-1. Initially
104 moles of species of A were present, while there were none of B and C. It was found that
species B reaches its maximum number at a time t0 = 3n(5) sec. Calculate the value of
maximum number of moles of B.
14. A ray of light enters at grazing angle of incidence into

an assembly of three isosceles right-angled prisms 2
having refractive indices 1 = 2 , 2 = x and 3 =

3 . If finally emergent light ray also emerges at 1 3
grazing angle then calculate x :
15. u-v graph for a convex mirror is shown in the figure. v

(here |u| denotes the object distance and |v| is the
image distance). Find the lateral magnification of a
real object placed at a distance 25 cm from the pole of 50 cm
mirror.
50 cm u
16. The shape of an ancient water clock jar is such that the water y
level descends at a constant rate at all times. The water level
falls by  m/s and the shape of the jar is given by y  xn . Find
 3n 
the value of   , if the radius r of the drain hole can be
 5  Drain hole
assumed to be very small. r x
17. Two coherent point sources S1 and S2 are placed on

a line perpendicular to the screen as shown in the P
figure. The wavelength of the light emitted by the
sources is ‘’. The distance between the two x
sources is d = 5. The distance of S2 from the S1 S2
screen is D (>>). Find the minimum (non zero) O
distance x (in meter) of a point P on the screen from d = 5 D
the central point O at which maxima is obtained.
(Given D = 1.6 m)
Screen
18. The energy of a system as a function of time t is given as E(t) = A 2 exp (–αt), where α = 0.2 s-1.
The measurement of A has an error of 1.25%. If the error in the measurement of time is 1.50%,
find the maximum percentage error in the value of E(t) at t = 4 s.
PART TEST – III
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER – 2
TEST DATE: 20-12-2020

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, B, C, D
T 1 2 3
Sol. v1   20T
0.1/ 2 R v1 P v2 Q v3 S
T
v2   15T
0.2 / 3
T 80T
v3  
0.15 / 4 3
For RP and PQ v1 > v2
So, reflection is from denser medium so phase difference between the wave-1 and wave-2 is .
A3 2v 2 2 3
 
A 1 v 2  v1 2  3
A4 v3  v2 1
 
A3 v3  v2 7
2. A, D

1
2 0
Sol. K max imum  (  dx)2 (A sinkx)2
1
So, Ek  mA 2 2
4
E 1
also  Ek  k  mA 2 2
2 8
3. A, B, D
Sol. According to Pascal’s law
PD = PB.
Because B and D lie on the same horizontal plane.
Let  be the side of the square, then the vertical distance between A and C is  2 .
P P P P
 PB  PD  PA  C A  A C
2 2
 A
similarly, PB  PD  PA  g 
2
P  PA
since, g  C D B
2 
P P P P C
 PB  PD  PA  C A  A C .
2 2
4. B, C, D
Sol. The weight will be same
5. B, C
Sol. For the vernier callipers, 1MSD = 1/8 cm. 5VSD = 4MSD
4 4 1 1
 1VSD = MSD   cm  cm
5 5 8 10
1
Since, LC of the vernier callipers = 1MSD  1VSD = cm = 0.025 cm
40
Pitch of the screw gauge = 2  0.025 cm = 0.05 cm
0.05
LC of the screw gauge = cm  0.005 mm
100
LC of the liner scale of the screw gauge = 0.05 cm
Pitch = 0.05  2 cm = 0.1 cm
0.1
So, LC of the screw gauge = cm  0.01 mm
100
6. B, D
1  2GMm 
Sol. mv 2    0
2  L 
GM
 v2
L
Gravitational field is conservative, in which total mechanical energy (KE + PE) remains
conserved. Hence, the kinetic energy imparted to the mass m is gradually reduced and gets
converted into its potential energy, so that at every point of its flight the total mechanical energy
remains constant.
SECTION – B
7. 5
 dh 
Sol. A    Q  av (where Q = 100 cm3s–1)
 dt 
 Q  a 2gh
At steady state Q = a 2gh

100 = 1 2  1000  h
h = 10/2  h = 5 cm
8. 5
2 r 2 (  L )g
Sol. VT  
9 
2 (3  103 )2  1260 10
 VT  
9 1.260
VT = 2  10 m/s VT = 2 cm/s
–2
10cm
t=  t = 5 sec
VT
9. 7
 2 1  2  1
Sol.  
v u R 1 = 1
2 = 4/3
4 1 4 / 3 1
  
3v R R
4 1 1 F P O
  
3v 3R R
4 1 3 4R
  v  v = –2R
3v 3R 2
Distance of image from centre =
3R
10. 2
Sol. To retrace the path after reflection from
mirror, rays after refraction from the
lens must be incident towards the
centre of curvature of mirror
1 1 1
For the image by lens,  
v u f
O C
1 1 1
  
10  2fm 15 10
1 1 1 1 32
   
10  2fm 10 15 10  2fm 30 15 cm 10 cm 2fm
10+ 2fm = 30 fm = 10 cm
11. 8
2 2
Sol. w  3   T  sec
T 3
y = A sin (t  kx)
2 
kx = /8  
 8
So,  = 16 cm
 16
v   24 cm/sec
T 2/3
12. 6
Sol. A = A0et
100 = 141e3
e3 = 1.41
e3 = 2
Half life = n2/ = 6 days
SECTION – C
13. 00001.60
dNA dNB
Sol.  1NA ,  21NA   2NB
dt dt
dNB
For NB to be max imum, 0
dt
2
 21NA   2NBmax  NBmax  1 NA
2
21
 NBmax  N0 e 1t  1.60
2
14. 00003.00
Sol. Apply snells’ law on various surface one by one:
1
1 sin 90 = 1 sin r1  sin r1 =  45
2
1
1 cosr1   2 sinr2  sinr2 
2
 2 1  sin2 r2  22  1
 2 cosr2  3 sinr3  sinr3  
3 3
3 cosr3  1
sin2 r3  cos2 r3  1
 22  1 1
   1  22  3
3 3
 2 = 3
15. 00000.50
Sol. f = 25 cm
1 1 1 25
  v cm
25 v 25 2
v 1
m 
u 2
16. 00002.40
 dy 
Sol. ( r 2 ) 2gy  x 2   
 dt 
 (r ) 2gy  x 
2 2
 yx 4
n=4
17. 00001.20
Sol. d cos  = n (for maxima)
n P
cos  
d
n d cos  x
cos  
5  
For the minimum value of x S1 S2 O
n=4 d = 5 D
4
cos     = 37
5 Screen
x
tan  =
D
3 x

4 D
3D 3  1.6
x   1.20m
4 4
x = 1.20 m
18. 00003.70
Sol. E(t)  A 2 e t
dA dt
Given:  = 0.2 s1,  1.25%,  1.50%
A t
dE dA dt
  2   t
E A t
=  2(1.25)  0.2(1.5) (4)
=  2.50  1.20 =  3.70%
FULL TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 23-12-2020
wrong answer.
correct answer(s).
a correct option;
XXXXX.XX and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –0 marks for wrong
answer.
AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/2021 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Consider a situation in which a uniform gravitation field is present

below line AB and no gravity above line AB . Then the speed with
which a rod shown in the figure will strikes earth surface when
released from the position shown is: m, 
(A) g B
(B) 2 g 5
(C) 3 g earth surface
(D) 4 g
2. In hydrogen atom spectrum, when an electron de-excites from higher energy level n  1 to
lower energy level then first few frequencies of light that is emitted (e. g. n  n to n  1, n to
n  2 , n to n  3 etc.) are very nearly:
(A) in AP (Arithmetic progression)
(B) in GP (Geometric progression)
(C) in HP (Harmonic progression)
(D) in 12 : 22 : 32 ratio
3. Two identical small blocks each of mass 1kg are given
velocity 4 m/s towards each other. All collision are
elastic and surface between 1m to 2m is rough O 3m
2m
   0.7  and rest part is smooth. Then: 1m
(A) Speed of each block after first collision is 2m/s

(B) Speed of each block after first collision is 4 m / s
(C) Separation between blocks when they stop is 2 / 7 m
(D) Separation between blocks when they stop is 5 / 7 m
4. A photon of wavelength  is incident on a photoelectric plate and the most energetic electron
from photoelectric plate is incident on a target metal of X-ray tube. If the minimum wavelength of
photon emitted from target material is 2 then work function of photoelectric plate is:
hc
(A)
λ
hc
(B)
2λ
hc
(C)
4λ
hc
(D)
8λ
3 AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/2021
5. In a polytropic  PV x
=constant  when the volume of a mono-atomic gas was increased four
times, simultaneously pressure decreases 8 times:
(A) Molar specific capacity of gas is 2R
(B) Molar specific heat capacity of gas if R
R
(C) Molar specific heat capacity of gas is -
2
5R
(D) Molar specific heat capacity of gas is
2
6. A moving ball collides a pendulum bob as shown, the coefficient O
of restitution so that bob performs vertical circular motion about 0
is (g = 10 m/s2) 1
= m
(A) 1 1kg 10 m/s 2
1  2kg
(B)
4
1
(C)
8
1
(D)
2
7. Six charges of equal magnitude but opposite sign are fixed on +q R

an insulating ring at equal separation. P is a general point on  
the axis of ring at large distance from the centre of ring. PR is a -q   -q
path perpendicular to the axis of the ring and R is at infinite  
separation from P. +q   +q
P

-q
(A) Amount of work done to bring a charge from R to P via RP is zero.
(B) Net dipole moment is zero and electric field is conservative field.
(C) Amount of work done to bring a charge from R to P via RP is zero because net dipole
moment is zero and electric field is conservative field.
(D) Amount of work done to bring a charge from R to P via RP is zero not because of net
dipole moment is zero and electric field is conservative field.
8. A radioactive point source has a decay constant  . When this source moves towards small area
counter kept at large distance from source, then counter records count/second which turns out to
be constant:
(A) When separation between source and counter becomes half of initial value, number of
3
nuclei left undecayed will be th of initial value
4
(B) When separation between source and counter becomes half of initial value, number of
1
nuclei left undecayed will be th of initial value
4
(C) Graph showing variation of separation between source and counter with time is as shown
r  separation 
t  time 
(D) Graph showing variation of separation between source and counter with time is as shown
r  separation 
t  time 
9. A diatomic gas is kept in a closed container of constant volume. Due to increase in temperature
some molecules dissociates into atoms. Neglecting vibrational degrees of freedom:
(A) Specific heat capacity of mixture will increase.
(B) Specific heat capacity of mixture will decrease.
(C) Specific heat capacity of mixture can change by a maximum value of 8%
(D) Specific heat capacity of mixture can change by a maximum value of 20%
10. A lens of focal length f=40cm is cut along the diameter

into two equal halves. In this process, a layer of f  40 cm
thickness t  1mm is lost, then halves are put together Screen
to form a composite lens. In between focal plane and
the composite lens a narrow slit is placed very close to  O
S
the focal plane u  f . The slit is emitting
u  f
monochromatic light of wavelength 0.6  m . Behind the 0.5m
lens a screen is located at a distance L  0.5m from it
as shown:
(A) Fringe width is 0.12 mm
(B) Fringe width is 0.24 mm .
(C) Length of interference pattern is 1/ 8cm
(D) Length of interference pattern is 1/16cm
11. In an interference experiment as shown in the figure, the source Screen

B
plane and screen are separated by a distance 1m. At a certain
position of source, fringe width is 1/4mm and by moving the source S
away from mirror along the line AB by 0.6 mm , the fringe width
A
changed to 1/6 mm :
(A) Wavelength of light used is 5000Å
(B) Wavelength of light used is 6000Å 1m
(C) Initial distance of source from A is 1.2 mm
(D) Initial distance of source from A is 0.6 mm
12. A particle of mass 6.6 1030 kg starts  t  0  moving on a straight line with velocity 10 m/s . Its
velocity decreases with time, however rate of change of de-Broglie wavelength associated with
particle remains constant at 10 m/s . (take h  6.6  1034 J-s ):
4
(A) Velocity of particle at t  0.9 s is 1 m / s

(B) Velocity of particle at t  0.9 s is 6 m/s
(C) Magnitude of retardation of particle at t=0.9s is 4 m/s 2
(D) Magnitude of retardation of particle at t  0.9 s is 1m/s
SECTION – C
question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to the second
13. A particle of mass 0.1 kg moving horizontally with velocity 20 m/s

strikes a stationary sedge of mass 0.05 kg near the apex of the wedge
and comes to rest immediately after the collision. The wedge is free to
move on the smooth floor. Second collision of particle with wedge
10K
occurs at B. If the length AB of wedge is meter, then find K .
5
Take  =cot
1
 2  . Neglect the toppling of wedge.
14. Graph shows variation of internal energy U with density ρ of one
mole of an ideal monoatomic gas. Process AB is a part of rectangular
hyperbola. Find work done in the process (in Joules)
15. A radioactive nucleus X decays into a nucleus Y which itself is radioactive. Y decays into a stable
nucleus Z.
X 
Half Life
3  Y 
Half Life
3 Z
 hour  hour
2 8
Initially the sample has only nuclei X & number count of Y is zero. Find time (in minutes) when
number of count for Y is maximum.
16. Half ring of mass m and radius R is released from the position shown in diagram.
A small point mass of same mass is also fixed at the end as shown in figure. If
g
the initial acceleration of point mass m is then find the value of  .

17. In YDSE, if sources are incoherent, the intensity on screen is 13I 0 . When these sources are
coherent then minimum intensity on screen is I 0 . If maximum intensity produced by these
coherent sources on screen is nI0 , then find n .
18. A vessel of volume V0 is evacuated by means of a piston air pump. One piston stroke captures
the volume V  0.2 V0 . If process is assumed to be isothermal then find the minimum number
 1 
of strokes after which pressure in the vessel becomes    Pinitial  .
 1.728 
FULL TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 23-12-2020

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. C
m
yg
Sol. a=  
gy
m 
A B
y
5
u 
g
 vdv 
0
 0
y dy
u  g  ........ 1
v 2  u 2  2 g  4 
u  3 gl
2. A
C  1 1  RC  m 
2
  2 RC 
Sol. v=  RC   2
 2 
1    1   3  m
   n  m  n  n 
2
n   n 
For m = 1, 2, 3
v is in A.P.
AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/2021 2
3. D
1 1 1
Sol.   0.7 10     1 v 2  1 4 2
2 2 2
V  3m / s
1 1 1
  0.7 10     u 2  32
2 2 2
v 2
2
1 1
   0.7 10  x '  0   2 , x ' 
2 7
 1 1  5
So final separation  2     m
2 7 7
4. B
hC hC hC
Sol. Work function =  
 2 2
5. C
P
 4V 
x
Sol. PV x 
8
8   4
x
3 ln 2  x 2 ln 2
3
x
2
R R 3R R
C    2R  
5 3 2 2
1 1 
3 2
6. D
Sol. v1  2v2  10
v1  v2  e 10 
3v2  10 1  e 
1 1
3 5 10     10 1  e   e 
2 2
7. ABC
Sol. w=qV
8. BC
N
Sol. =constant
r2
N0 N N
2
= 2 , N= 0
r r 4
3 AITS-FT-I (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/2021
N 0 e t
Also  constant
r2
9. AD
Sol. 2  CV monoatomic >  CV diatomic
 2  
3R   5R 
  1  
Maximum change =  2   2 1
5R 5
2
% change = 20%
10. BC
11. BC
Sol. Let AS  h
Screen
B
S
1m
1  1
 .......  i 
4 2h
1  1
 .......  ii 
6 2  h  0.6 
1
4  h  0.6
1 h
6
3 h  0.6
  h  1.2mm
2 h
1  1m 
mm     6000 Å
4 2  1.2  mm
12. AD
SECTION – C
13. 00000.40
Sol. Apply COM
14. 00002.00
Sol. U.ρ.=Constant
T
=constant
V
P=constant
W=nRT ......  i 
n  CV  ΔT=3
 3R 
n  T  3  W  2 joule
 2 
15. 00060.00
16. 00001.50
Sol.   I 0
2R
mg   2mR 2  4mR 2  

mg 2 R g 2g
  ; am  2 R   
 6mR 3 R
2
3
17. 00025.00
Sol. I1 +I 2 =13I0
 
2
I1 - I 2  I0
I1 +I 2 -2 I1 I 2 =I 0
2 I1 I 2 =12I0
I max =13I 0 +12I 0 =25I 0 =  5  I 0
2
18. 00003.00
V
Sol. Let P1 be density after first stroke VP= V  V  P1  P
V  V 
After nth stroke
n n
 V  Pn  V 
Pn    P,  
 V  V  P  V  V 
Pressure  density
n
Pn  V 
 
P  V  V 
n
1  V 
 0 
1.728  1.2V0 
1.2   1.2 
n 3
n3
FULL TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 23-12-2020
correct answer(s).
a correct option;
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A gas of mass 1.5kg undergoes a quasi-static expansion which follows a relationship p=a+bV
3
where a and b are constants. The initial and final pressure are 10 kPa and 200 kPa and
3 3
corresponding volumes are 0.2 m and 1.2 m . The specific internal energy of the gas is given
3
by U=1.5 pV-85kJ/kg (where P is in kPa and V in m /kg ):
(A) Work done by gas during process is 600kJ
(B) Change in internal energy of the gas is 90 kJ
(C) Maximum internal energy during process is approximately 500 kJ
(D) Maximum internal energy during process is approximately 300 kJ
2. A non-conducting solid sphere of radius 30 cm and relative permittivity 1 has the volume charge
 5  r 
density     C / m3   1   , where r (in cm) is the radial distance of any point in the
 2   30cm 
space from the centre of the sphere. Then choose the correct statement(s):
(A) Density of electric field lines is maximum at r = 25 cm
(B) Density of electric field line sis maximum at r = 20 cm
(C) Electrical energy stored in the space r = 30 cm to r  , is same as that of a solid non
conducting sphere carrying charge of 0.0225 C and radii 30 cm having uniform volume
charge density in the same space r = 30 cm to r   .
(D) Variation of magnitude of electric field due to the sphere with respect to radial distance r
is rectangular hyperbola in the region r = 30 cm to r   .
3. A satellite of mass m is orbiting a planet of mass M at a radial distance r0 from the centre of the
planet. The satellite expels a small mass in a direction opposite to its orbital velocity. The
immediate recoil velocity of the satellite exceeds the initial orbital velocity by v for which the
satellite remains within the gravitational field of the planet is:
2GM
(A)
r0
GM
(B)
2r0
(C)  2 1  GM
r0
(D) None of the above
4. A real object is kept in front of a lens in air. The object is a linear extended object with its length
perpendicular to the optical axis of lens. With reference to different cases of image formation by
lens, choose the correct options:
(A) If the image has a magnification 2.5 then Image is real and power of lens is positive.
(B) If the magnification of the image is 0.5 then Image is virtual and power of lens is
negative.
(C) If length of image is the same as that of object then Image is real and power of lens is
positive.
(D) If length of image is the same as that of object then Image is virtual and power of lens is
negative.
5. A block of mass 2kg is given velocity 5 m/s along the horizontal

 1
surface which is alternatively smooth and rough    . O
   
4m
1m 2m 3m
 8
Consider first 1 meter is smooth. Then:
(A) Speed of block when it crosses 2m point is 3 m/s
(B) Speed of block when it crosses 2m point is 2 5 m/s
(C) Total distance travelled by block before it stops is 10 m
(D) Total distance travelled by block before it stops is 20 m
6. A block is given velocity when the spring was in natural 6/5m/s

K=50N/m
length. Then (g=10 m/s2)
2kg
1
=
4
(A) Distance travelled by the block before it stops for the first time is 32 cm
(B) Distance travelled by the block before it stops for the first time is 64 cm
(C) Acceleration of block when it stops for the first time is 5.5 m / s 2
2 6
(D) Speed of block when the spring is in natural length again is m/s
5
SECTION – B
7. In the given LCR AC circuit, the effective current (in ampere)

flowing through the circuit is:
8. The side wall of a wide vertical cylindrical vessel of height h=75cm has a narrow vertical slit
running all the way down to the bottom of the vessel. The length of the slit is l = 50cm and the
width b = 1mm. With the slit closed, the vessel is filled with water. The resultant force of reaction
of water flowing out of the vessel immediately after the slit is opened is (in N)
9. A block of mass M = 1kg lies on a smooth horizontal floor. A bullet of mass 0.1kg is fired
horizontally with a velocity u = 110m/s and gets embedded in the block. The combined mass is
set into motion and encounters a rough inclined plane of inclination 37°and length l=1.8m in its
path. It starts moving up the inclined plane (  k  0.5 ), reaches the topmost point and finally
lands on the horizontal floor. Assuming that the mass is not jerked when it starts up on the
inclined plane, the horizontal distance covered by the combined mass while it is not in contact
with the horizontal floor is (approximately in m)
10. A point moves according to the law x  at , y  at 1   t  where a and  positive constants are
and t is time. If the moment at which angle between velocity vector and acceleration vector is
 A A
is given by is given by . Find the value of A.
4  
11. A 6 kg block is moving with a speed of 10 m/s over a rough surface
with coefficients of friction  s  0.6 and  k  0.4 as shown in figure. F  4t
6 kg
A time varying force F  4t (
f in newton and t in second) is applied  s  0.6
on the block as shown. Find the acceleration of block at t  5sec .  k  0.4
(Take g  10 m / s )
2
12. Two blocks of masses m1  5kg and m2  2kg are connected by

threads which pass over the pulleys as shown in the figure. The
threads are massless and the pulleys are massless and smooth. The
blocks can move only along the vertical direction. If the acceleration
 2n  2
of m1 , if expressed in simplest from, is equal to   m / sec ,
 n  1 
calculate ' n ' . (Take g = 10 m/s2)
SECTION – C
question, enter the correct numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to the SECOND
DECIMAL PLACE; e.g. XXXXX. XX).
13. The diagram shows the PV diagram of a process carried

 7
out with a certain quantity of oxygen    . If
 5
2 5
VA = V0 and VB = V0 , find the volume till the gas
3 12
absorbs heat. If this volume is NV0 , the find N .
14. A string of length 1m fixed at both ends is vibrating in 3rd overtone. Tension in string is 200 N and
linear mass density is 5 gm/m. Find the frequency of these vibrations in Hz.
15. A curved thick glass surface is silvered at curved y

face & not silvered on plane surface. Object is
placed at A as shown in figure. Considering P (pole x
P
of the silvered surface) as origin. If x – co – 
A
ordinate of final image is 'n' cm then find n . 4cm 4cm
 =2
R=16cm
16. In young’s double slit experiment, the coherent

sources are separated by a small distance and
screen is placed at a large distance. Thin strips are
placed infront of slits S1 and S2 as shown. The
strip which is placed in front of S1 has width 4 mm
and has refractive index 1.5. The strip which is
placed infront of S2 has a variable refractive index
  1  Cx where x is distance from left end of strip
and C  1mm -1 .
If central maxima is obtained at O {symmetrical with respect to O}, then find width of strip (in
mm) placed in front of S2 .
17. For an equilateral prism, it is observed that when a ray strikes grazingly at one face and it
emerges grazingly at the other. Its refractive index will be:
18. A and B are two points on horizontal ground separated by a distance of 300 m. A point source of
sound is situated at point A. If velocity of sound in still air is 260 m/s and air flows with speed 100
m/s horizontally and perpendicular to AB then find time taken (in sec) by sound travel from A to B:
FULL TEST – I
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 23-12-2020

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. AC
2. BC
x
 5  r 
  2  1   4 r dr 2
 30 
Sol. E inside 4 r 2  0
0
dEinside
0
dx
3. C
GM
Sol. ve  2
r0
v  ve  v0   2 1  GM
r0
4. ABC
Sol. Positive power lens (convex lens in rare medium) can from enlarged (or of same size) real,
inverted image.
Positive power lens (convex lens in rare medium) can form virtual, erect, diminished image.
5. BD
1 2 1 2
Sol.   mgx  mv  mv
2 2
1 1 1
   20 1   2  v 2   2  52
8 2 2
3
v 5m / s
2
1
  mgx  0  mv 2
2
x  10 m
Total distance  20m
6. ACD
1 1  1
  20  x   50 x 2   0  2  6 / 5 
2
Sol.
4 2  2
8
 x  m  32cm
25
kx  f s 16  5
a   5.5m / s 2
m 2
  1 64  1
&   20  8 / 25     50     2 v
2
4  2 625  2
2 6
 v 2  24 / 25  U  m/s
5
SECTION – B
7. 2
Sol. R  50 
X L   L  50
1
XL   100
C
 Z  R2   X L  X C 
2
Z  50 2
V 200 / 2
I ram  rms   2A
Z 50 2
8. 5
Sol. V  2 gy
 dF  1 103   2 gy dy 2 gy   
dF  1103  2 10  y 103 dy  40 ydy
20 40
F  ydy   0.752  0.252   20  0.5  5
2 2
3 AITS-FT-I (Paper-2)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE(Advanced)/2021
9. 9
10. 1
dx d 2x
Sol. a 2 0
dt dt
dy d2y
 a  2 a  t  2  2 a 
dt
 dt
Velocity vector v  aiˆ   a  2a  t  ˆj

a  2 a  ˆj
 
v.a  v a cos
4
1
t   A 1

11. 0
Sol. Block start when  s mg  4t
t  9 sec
At t  5 s block was at rest so answer = 0
12. 4
SECTION – C
13. 00000.58
P 7 P
Sol. 
V0  Vx 5 V X
5Vx  7V0  7Vx

7V
Vx  0
12
14. 00400.00
Sol. IIIrd overtone
4V 2V 2 200
f     2  200 
2L L 1  5 /1000 
f  400 Hz
15. 00014.00
 4
Sol. u    4    2  12 cm
 2
1 1 1
   v  24 cm
v 12 8
For final image (refraction through plane surface) we can write.
 x 4
24  2     24  2 x  4
1 2
x  10 cm
So distance from P is 14 cm
16. 00002.00
Sol. Let width of second strip is 
 2 
 S1O  4   1.5  4   S2O-      
 2

2
1.5  1 4  
2
  2mm
17. 00002.00
sin 90
Sol.  2
sin 30
18. 00001.25
Sol. Speed of sound in direction of AB V  2602  1002  240 m / s
300
t   1.25
240
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 04-01-2021


wrong answer.
correct answer(s).
a correct option;
AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/2021 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A particle is ejected from the tube at A with a velocity v at an

angle  with the vertical y-axis. A strong horizontal wind gives the
particle a constant horizontal acceleration a in the x-direction. If
the particle strikes the ground at a point directly under its released
position and the downward y-acceleration is taken as g then
2v 2 sin  cos 
(A) h
a
2v 2 sin  cos 
(B) h
g
2v 2  a 
(C) h sin   cos   sin  
g  g 
2
2v  g 
(D) h sin   cos   sin  
a  a 
2. Three blocks A, B, C of weights 40 N, 30N, 80N respectively are at

rest on an inclined plane as shown in figure. Determine the
smallest value of coefficient of limiting friction (s) for which
equilibrium of system is maintained.
(A) 0.1757
(B) 0.2757
(C) 0.5757
(D) 0.8757
3. A particle falls from a height h on a fixed horizontal plane and rebounds. If e is the coefficient of
restitution, the total distance travelled by the particle before it stops rebounding is
h [1  e2 ]
(A)
2 [1  e 2 ]
h[1  e2 ]
(B)
[1  e 2 ]
h[1  e2 ]
(C)
2[1  e 2 ]
h[1  e 2 ]
(D)
[1  e 2 ]
3 AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/2021
4. Water of density  in a clean aquarium forms a meniscus, as

illustrated in the figure. Calculate the difference in height h
between the centre and the edge of the meniscus. The surface
tension of water is .
2
(A)
g

(B)
g
1 
(C)
2 g

(D) 2
g
5. Consider the shown diagram where the two chambers separated by piston-spring arrangement
contain equal amounts of certain ideal gas. Initially when the temperatures of the gas in both the
chambers are kept at 300 K the compression in the spring is 1m. The temperature of the left and
the right chambers are now raised to 400 K and 500 K respectively. If the pistons are free to slide,
the compression in the spring is about.
(A) 1.3 m
(B) 1.5 m
(C) 1.1 m
(D) 1.0 m
6. An object of specific gravity  is hung from a thin steel wire. The fundamental frequency for
transverse standing waves in the wire is 300 Hz. The object is immersed in water so that one half
of its volume is submerged. The new fundamental frequency in Hz is
1/ 2
 2  1 
(A) 300  
 2 
1/ 2
 2 
(B) 300  
 2  1 
 2 
(C) 300  
 2  1 
 2  1 
(D) 300  
 2 

7. A horizontal disc rotates freely about a vertical axis through it centre. A ring, having the same
mass and radius as the disc, is now gently placed on the disc. After some time, the two rotate
with a common angular velocity. Select the correct statements from the following.
(A) Some friction exists between the disc and the ring
(B) The angular momentum of the ‘disc plus ring’ is conserved.
(C) The final common angular velocity is (2/3)rd of the initial angular velocity of the disc.
(D) (2/3)rd of the initial kinetic energy changes to heat.
8. Three concentric conducting spherical shells have radii r, 2r and 3r

and charge q1, q2 and q3 respectively as shown in the figure. Select
the correct alternatives
(A) q1  q3  q2
q2
(B) q1  
4
q3
(C) 3
q1
q3 1
(D) 
q2 3
9. Remote objects are viewed through a converging lens with a focal length F = 9 cm placed at a
distance a = 36 cm in front of the eye. Assume that the radius r of the pupil is approximately 1.5
mm. Choose the correct options.
(A) The minimum radius of the screen that should be placed behind the lens so that the
entire field of view is covered is 0.5 mm.
(B) The minimum radius of the screen that should be placed behind the lens so that the
entire field of view is covered is 1.0 mm.
(C) The screen must be placed in the plane S with its centre at point B.
(D) The screen must be placed perpendicular to the plane S with its centre at point B.
k
10. Consider an attractive central force of the form F(r)   ,k is a constant. For a stable circular
rn
orbit to exist
(A) n=2
(B) n<3
(C) n>3
(D) n = –1
11. A rod OA of length l is rotating (about end O) over a conducting ring

in crossed magnetic field B with constant angular velocity  as
shown in figure
3B 2
(A) Current flowing through the rod is
4R
3B2  2
(B) Magnetic force acting on the rod is
4R
3B2  4
(C) Torque due to magnetic force acting on the rod is
8R
5 AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM-JEE (Advanced)/2021
(D) Magnitude of external force that acts perpendicularly at the end of the rod to maintain the
3B2  4
constant angular speed is
8R
12. Two point monochromatic and coherent sources of light of wavelength 

are placed on the dotted line in front of an infinite screen. The source emit
waves in phase with each other. The distance between S1 and S2 is d
while their distance from the screen is much larger. Then
3
(A) If d is , at O minima will be observed
2
11 3
(B) if d is , then intensity at O will be of maximum intensity
6 4
(C) if d is 3, O will be a maxima
7 3
(D) if d is , the intensity at O will be of maximum intensity
6 4
SECTION – C
13. A free neutron at rest, decays into three particles: a proton, an electron and an anti-neutrino.
1
0
n 11 p  01e  v
The rest masses are: mn = 939.5656 MeV/c2
mp = 938.2723 MeV/c2 me = 0.5109 MeV/c2
In a particular decay, the antineutrino was found to have a total energy (including rest mass
energy) of 0.0004 MeV and the momentum of proton was found to be equal to the momentum of
electron. Find the kinetic energy of the electron.
 4
14. A diver D is still under water     at a depth d = 10
 3
m. A bird is diving along line AB at a constant velocity in
air. When the bird is exactly above the diver he sees it at
a height of 50 m from himself and velocity of the bird
appears to be inclined at 45° to the horizontal. At what
distance from the diver the bird actually hits the water
surface.
15. A wall is inclined to a horizontal surface at an

angle of 120° as shown. A rod AB of length
L = 0.75 m is sliding with its two ends A and B on
the horizontal surface and on the wall respectively.
At the moment angle  = 20° (see figure), the
velocity of end A is vA = 1.5 m/s towards right.
Calculate the angular speed of the rod at this
instant. [Take cos 40° = 0.766]
16. A room is in shape of a cube. A heavy ball (B) is suspended at

the centre of the room tied to three inextensible strings as
shown. String BA is horizontal with A being the centre point of
the wall. Find the ratio of tension in the string BA and BC.
17. A parallel plate capacitor is to be constructed which can store q = 10 C charge at V = 1000 volt.
The minimum plate area of the capacitor is required to be A1 when space between the plates has
air. If a dielectric of constant K = 3 is used between the plates, the minimum plate area required
to make such a capacitor is A2. The breakdown field for the dielectric is 8 times that of air. Find
A1
.
A2
18. A 20 mm diameter copper pipe is used to carry heated water. The external surface of the pipe is
at T = 80°C and its surrounding is at T0 = 20°C. The outer surface of the pipe radiates like a black
body and also loses heat due to convection. The convective heat loss per unit area per unit time
is given by h(T – T0) where h = 6W (m2 K)–1. Calculate the total heat lost by the pipe in unit time
for one meter of its length.
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –1
TEST DATE: 04-01-2021

Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. D
1 2v sin 
Sol. Since 0  (v sin  )t  ( a)t 2  t 
2 a
1
Also, h  (v cos )t  gt 2
2
2v 2  g 
 h sin   cos   sin  
a  a 
2. A
Sol. For the impending motion, block A must slip up and block C down the inclined plane. Since the
normal force between A and B is less than that between block B and C, the maximum frictional
force (limiting friction) will be reached first between A and B while B and C will stay together.
Writing equilibrium equations:

Fy = 0;
NA – WAcos30°=0
NA = WAcos30°
NA  20 3N
AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/2021 2
Also, for impending motion if FAB is frictional force between blocks A and B, then
FAB   s .NA  20 3 sN …(1)
Fx  0;
T  WA sin30  FAB  0
1
T  40  20 3 s  0
2
T  20(1  3 s )
From FBD of block B and C combined
Writing equilibrium equation

Fy  0;
NC  NA  (WB  WC )cos30  0
3
NC  20 3  110 0
2
NC  75 3N
Also, for impending motion:
FC   s .NC  75 3 s …(3)
For Fx  0, we have
TA  (FBA  FC )  (WB  WC )sin30  0
110
T  [20 3  75 3 s ]  0
2
T  (55  95 3 s )
Since tension is same, so from (2) and (4), we get
20(1  3 s )  (55  95 3 s )
Solving for s we get, 115 3 s  35
35
or s   0.1757
115 3
 Minimum s = 0.1757
3 AITS-FT-II (Paper-1)-PCM(Sol.)-JEE (Advanced)/2021
3. D
Sol. The velocity of particle after falling through height h
u  2gh …(i)
2 2
v  u  2gh
 0  e 2u2  2gh1
e 2u2 e 2 2gh
or h1    e2h [From Eq. (i)]
2g 2
0  e 4u2  2gh2
or h2  e 4h
 h  2h1  2h2  ...
 h  2e2h  2e 2h  ...
 h  2e2h(1  e 2  e 4  ... )
 1 
 h  2e2h  2 
 1 e 
 2e2   1  e 2 
 h 1  2 
 2 h
 1 e   1 e 
4. A
Sol.
Balancing forces in horizontal direction

 h 2
 p0  g 2  h    p 0 h  h  g
 
5. A
Sol. Let l1 and l2 be the final lengths of the two parts, the from gas equation
P0 A 0 PA 1 PA 2
  …(i)
T0 T1 T2
P0 A  kx 0 and PA  kx
P x
or  …(ii)
P0 x 0
 x  x 0   1   2  2 0 …(iii)
From equation (i),
P0  0 T1 P T
1  and  2  0 0 2
PT0 PT0
From equation (ii),
x0  0 T1 xT
1  and  2  0 0 2
xT0 xT0
Putting these in equation (iii),
x0  0
x  x0  [T1  T2 ]  2 0
xT0
Substituting the values and solving for x, we get
x  1.3 m
6. A
1 T
Sol. f ;
2 m
In air : T  mg  Vg
1 Vg
f  …(1)
2 m
In water : T  mg  upthrust
V Vg
 V g    g  (2   )
2 2
Vg
(2   )
1 2
 f 
2 m
1 Vg (2   )

2 m 2
f 2  

f 2
1/ 2
 2   
f  f  
 2 
1/ 2
 2  1 
300   Hz
 2 
7. A, B, D
Sol. Let 1 = the initial angular velocity of the disc.
2 = the final common angular velocity of the disc and the ring.
1 2
For the disc, I1  mr
2
For the ring, I2 = mr2
By conservation of angular momentum,

L  I11  (I1  I2 )2
I
or 2  1 1  1 / 3
I1  I2
1 2
Initial kinetic energy = E1  I11
2
1
Final kinetic energy = E 2  (I1  I2 )22
2
Heat produced = loss in kinetic energy = E1 – E2
E  E2 2
Ratio of heat produced to initial kinetic energy = 1 
E1 3
8. A, B, C
Sol. Potential on innermost shell is zero
q1 q2 q3
  0
r 2r 3r
 6q1  3q2  2q3  0 …(1)
Potential on outermost shell is zero
q1 q2 q3
   0  q1  q3  q2 …(2)
3r 3r 3r
9. A, C
Sol. Let us first neglect the size of pupil, assuming that it is point-like. Obviously, only those of the
beams passing through the lens will get into the eye which have passed through point B before
they fall on the lens (figure). This point is conjugate to the point at which the pupil is located.
1 1 1 aF
  ,b   12 cm
F a b aF
b
R  r  0.5mm, and the screen must be placed in the plane S with its centre at point B.
a
10. A, B, D
k
Sol. F(r)  
rn
k 1
 U(r)    F(r)dr   . n 1
(n  1) r
2
L L2
Kinetic energy    K(r)
2I 2mr 2
Since total energy E(r)  U(r)  K(r)
k 1 L2
 E(r)   . n1 
(n  1) r 2mr 2
E  2E
  0 and 2  0,
ar r r0 r r r0
L2
Using both conditions, (3  n) 0
m
11. A, B, C, D
 3
Sol. I 
2R 2R
3
3 1 3B 2
  B 2 
2R 2 4R
3B 2
Magnetic force F    B
4R
3B2  2

4R
3B2  3  3B2  4
  
4R 2 8R
3B2  3
 Force to be applied at the end  .
8R
12. A, B, C, D
Sol. For maxima d = n
For minima d = (n + 1/2)
3  1 
For intensity th of maximum d   n  
4  32
SECTION – C
13. 00000.78
Sol. From conservation of energy
mnc 2  mp c 2  k p  me c 2  k e  mv c 2  k v
939.5656 = 938.2723 + 0.5109 + 0.0004 + (kP + ke)
[ mvc2 + kv = 0.0004 MeV]
 kP + ke = 0.0004 MeV
P2 P2
   0.7820 MeV
2mP 2me
 me 
P2
 1    0.7820
2me
 mp 
 mP 
ke     0.7820  0.7820 MeV
 mP  m e 
14. 00024.62
Sol. happ = h
happ = 50 – d = 40 m and m =  = 4/3
 h = 30 m
Now, happ = h
Vy app = Vy
Vx app = Vx
Vyapp
Given  tan 45  1
Vxapp
Vy 1 3
  1  tan   
Vx  4
 = 37°
 is the true angle that the line of motion of the bird makes with horizontal.
3
 OC  h tan a  30.
4
= 22.5 m
 DC  (22.5)2  10 2
= 24.62 m
15. 00002.26
Sol. Sine Rule
x y L
 
sin(60  ) sin  sin120
2L
x  sin(60  )
3
dx 2L  d 
  cos(60  )   
dt 3  dt 
d
Note     angular speed.
dt
[ is decreasing, hence a negative sign]
dx
When   20,  1.5 m / s.
dt
1.5  1.732
   2.26 rad/s
2  0.75  0.766
16. 00001.15
Sol. Let tension in BC & BD be T1 and that in string BA be T2
1  1 
The string CB and DB make an angle of   cos   with vertical because the diagonal of a
 3
1  1 
cube makes cos   angle with a side.
 3
Line BM makes  = 45° with vertical.
3a a
CB  , CM 
2 2
1
 sin  
3
Resultant of tension in CB and DB is along BM equal to
2
2T0  2T1 cos   2T1
3
Vertical component of T0 balance Mg and its horizontal component is equal to T2.
 T0 cos   Mg
T0 sin   T2
2
2 T1 sin   T2
3
2 1
 2 T1  T2
3 2
T 2
 2 
T1 3
17. 00024.00
K 0 A
Sol. C  a constant
d
For A to be minimum, d must be minimum. The separation between the plates is limited by the
breakdown strength of the dielectric.
V
For air capacitor  E air [Eair = Breakdown field for air]
dmin
V
 dmin 
Eair
0 A min
Now C
dmin
C V
 A min 
0 Eair
CV
 A1 
0 Eair
With dielectric, similar calculation gives
CV
A2 
K 0 E dielec
A 1 KE dielec
   3  8  24
A2 E air
18. 00051.70
Sol. qconv = h(T – T0) = 6(80 – 20) = 360 Wm–2
For 1m length of the pipe
Qconv = qconv A = qconv × 2r
= 360 × 2 × 3.14 × 0.01 = 22.6 Wm–1
qrad = (T4 – T04 ) = 5.67 × 10–8 (3534 – 2934) = 462 Wm–2
For 1m length of the pipe
Qrad = qrad A = 462 × 2 × 3.14 × 0.01 = 29.1 Wm–1
 Qconv + Qrad = 22.6 + 29.1 = 51.7 Wm–1
FIITJEE
FULL TEST – II
JEE (Advanced)-2021
PAPER –2
TEST DATE: 04-01-2021
correct answer(s).
a correct option;

Adv - 3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Adv - 3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FIITJEE

ALL INDIA TEST SERIES

TEST DATE: 13-05-2019

 The test consists of total 54 questions.

 Each subject (PCM) has 18 questions.

 This question paper contains Three Parts.

 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.

2. A piston of negligible mass is fitted with a cylinder and connected to spring of

4. In an LC circuit shown in figure C = 2F and L = 2H. At t = 0 charge on

6. An infinitely long straight wire is carrying a constant current i.

(Matching List Type)

A cone of height 3a and

8. Three long wire carrying current are placed along axis. y

13. An R-C series circuit having resistance R = 100  i Ampere

water Glass Glycerine oil Glycerine Glass Air

TEST DATE: 13-05-2019

ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

 The test consists of total 54 questions.

 Each subject (PCM) has 18 questions.

 This question paper contains Three Parts.

 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.

Negative Marks : –2 In all other cases.

3V 2F 1F 2V 4F

(A) In figure-2 I1 and I2 are coincide.

5. A string PQ of length 3L is fixed at its both ends. A

6. A liquid of density ‘’ is filled in a cubical container Y

(A) If  = 0 then acceleration of small ball is 5g .

Paragraph for Question Nos. 7 and 8

Paragraph for Question Nos. 9 and 10

9. Pressure of the engine chamber after expansion is

10. Work done by the gas during expansion is

11. AB is stationary curved surface blade. A stream line water impinges A

15. APQ is a rough surface. The portion AP is Q

17. A container of mass 200 Kg is moving towards

18. A rod OA of uniform linear mass density and length ‘L’ is O

TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

 The test consists of total 54 questions.

 Each subject (PCM) has 18 questions.

 This question paper contains Three Parts.

 Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.

(A) Speed of fish as seen by bird only after refraction is 9 cm/sec

(A) The value of  must be less than 40°.

(Matching List Type)

7. A parallel beam of light is incident on a fixed surface PQ at an

If all the incident energy is reflected by surface

R. 3. I = sin t, P = 5 watt

Two resistors ‘R’ in parallel

Two capacitor ‘C’ in parallel

Two inductors ‘L’ in parallel

12. A small block of mass m = 200gm is projected from point A

14. A monochromatic light of wavelength 0 and intensity I0 is

15. A perfectly reflecting rectangular plate ABCD is kept in y

TEST DATE: 03-02-2019

ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS

Px IA cos   sin 

(One or More than one correct type)

1. Bodies of mass m=0.5 kg, resting on a horizontal v0 v0

2. A point like object of mass m is able to move up and down on a

Space for Rough work

3. One end of a thread of length l = 1 m is attached to an inclined